proColorC910 - 920WT - 930 - MM - Rev2

proColor C910
proColor C920WT
proColor C930
Maintenance Manual
06210B
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Copyright © 2008 by Oki Data. All Rights Reserved
Oki Data America's, Inc. ("Oki Data"), authorizes you to view, copy, and print
documents published by Oki Data for noncommercial use within your organization only.
In consideration of this authorization, you agree and acknowledge that any copy of these
documents shall retain all copyright and proprietary rights contained herein. Each
document published by Oki Data may contain additional copyright information and
proprietary notification relating to that individual document.
Nothing contained herein shall be construed as conferring by estoppel, implication or

otherwise any license or right under any patent or trademark of Oki Data, Oki Electric
Industry Co., Ltd. ("Oki Electric"), or any third party. Except as provided above nothing
contained herein shall be construed as conferring any license or right under any Oki
Data copyright.
Oki Data has taken care to insure that the information which follows is complete,
accurate and up-to-date. However, Oki Data assumes no responsibility for errors or
omissions which may occur. All the information provided is subject to change from time
to time at the sole discretion of Oki Data.
All publications may include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors. We reserve

the right to make periodic changes, additions, and deletions to publications without
notice.
The most up-to-date drivers and manuals are available from the web site:
http://www.okiprintingsolutions.com

Document Revision History
Corrected items Person in

Rev.No. Date
No. Page Description of change charge
1 2009-03-27 Issue PDE13 M. Yabuki
2 2010-05-12 Add C930 PMD Y. Toyama
44043511TH Rev.2 /
Preface
This manual describes the procedures of the maintenance of the C910/C930 printer.
The document is produced for maintenance personnel use.
Note! • The descriptions in this manual are subject to change without prior notice.
• In preparing the document, efforts have been made to ensure that the information in it is ac-
curate.
• The parts used for the printers are sensitive and, if handled improperly, may be damaged. It
is strongly recommended that the products are maintained by maintenance men registered
with Oki Data.
• Errors may be crept into the document. Oki Data assumes no responsibility for any damage
resulting from, or claimed to be the results of, those repairs, adjustments or modifications to
the printers which are made by users using the manual.
• Be sure to eliminate static electricity before starting work.
44043511TH Rev.2 /
In order to use the product with safety

In order to use the product with safety, make sure to read the user's manual (this manual) before
using the product.
General Caution
Do not touch the safety switch of the internal parts of the printer. Electric shock
may occur due to the occurrence of high pressure. The rotation of the gear may
also cause injury.
Do not use an extremely flammable spray around the printer. Fire may occur
because of parts with high temperature.
Please let our staff in Customer Center know after unplugging mains connector
when the cover gets extremely hot, is smoking, emits questionable odor, or is
making strange noise. Fire may occur.
Please let our staffs in Customer Center know after unplugging mains connector
when liquid such as water goes into the printer. Fire may occur.
Please take a foreign object away after unplugging when you drop foreign objects
such as clips into the printer. That situation may case electric shock, fire, and/or
injury.
Do not conduct an operation or an analysis other than specified in user's manual.
That situation may case electric shock, fire, and/or injury.
Please let our staffs in Customer Center know after unplugging mains connector
when the printer has fallen down or damaged. That situation may case electric
shock, fire, and injury.
Do not connect the power cord, the printer cable, or the ground wire other than
instructed in user's manual. Fire can be induced if misused.
Do not insert objects at the vent hole. Do not operate the printer with the rear
cover opened. Electric shock, fire, and/or injuries may occur.
Do not place a cup with liquid on the printer. Electric shock, fire, and/or injuries
may occur.
44043511TH Rev.2 /
Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type.

Battery of the printer need not to be replaced. Do not touch the battery.
Replace the whole board to replace the CU main board.
In the case of replacing batteries at board repairs, replace with the specified type
ones. Installation of another type batteries may result in explosion.
Caution for used batteries are as follows; do not recharge, force open, heat or
dispose of in fire.
When open the printer cover, do not touch the fuser unit. You may get burned.
Do not throw toner cartridges, or image drum cartridges into fire. You may get
burned by dust explosion.
We do not guarantee operations when UPS (Uninterruptible Power Supply) or

inverter is used.
Do not use UPS or inverter.
It may cause fire.
Do not go near an ejection area while the power is on and in printing. You may get
injured.
44043511TH Rev.2 /
Contents
1. Configuration.................................................................................................9
1.1 System Configuration.............................................................................................................9
1.2 Printer Composition..............................................................................................................10
1.3 Optional Composition........................................................................................................... 11
1.4 Specifications.......................................................................................................................13
1.5 Interface Specifications . .....................................................................................................15
1.5.1 USB Interface Specifications .................................................................................15
1.5.2 Network Interface Specifications............................................................................16
1.5.3 Parallel Interface Specifications ............................................................................ 17
2. Descriptions of Operations....................................................................20
2.1 Main Control PCB................................................................................................................21
2.2 Engine Control PCB ............................................................................................................25
2.3 Power Unit............................................................................................................................27
2.4 Mechanical process ............................................................................................................28
2.4.1 Electrophotographic Processing Mechanism.........................................................29
2.4.2 Paper Processing Mechanism................................................................................33
2.5 Sensor .................................................................................................................................42
2.5.1 Paper-Related Sensor............................................................................................42
2.5.2 Other Sensors.........................................................................................................43
2.6 Color Drift Correction ..........................................................................................................44
2.7 Image Transfer Control According to Environmental Change
(Room Temperature and Relative Humidity)........................................................................44
2.8 Paper Jam Detector.............................................................................................................45
2.9 Cover Open..........................................................................................................................46
2.10 Toner Low Detection............................................................................................................47
2.11 Paper Size Detection............................................................................................................50
2.12 Power ON Process...............................................................................................................51
2.12.1 Self-Diagnostic Test................................................................................................51
2.13 Color Drift Detection.............................................................................................................52
2.14 Reading Version of Routine Replacement Units..................................................................53
2.15 Life Counter of Replaceable Units.......................................................................................53
2.16 Toner Usage Level Detection...............................................................................................54
3. Printer Installation...................................................................................55
3.1 Precautions and Prohibition.................................................................................................55
3.2 Printer Unpacking Procedure...............................................................................................57
3.3 Printer Installation Instructions.............................................................................................58
3.4 Packed Units and Attachments............................................................................................59
3.5 Assembly Procedure............................................................................................................60
3.5.1 Printer Main Body...................................................................................................60
3.5.2 Power Cable Connection........................................................................................67
3.5.3 Installation of Optional Components......................................................................71
3.5.4 Checking of Optional-Component Recognition......................................................84
3.6 MenuMap Printing................................................................................................................86
3.7 How to Connect....................................................................................................................87
3.8 Checking of User Paper.......................................................................................................90
44043511TH Rev.2 /
4. Parts Replacement.....................................................................................91
4.1 Precautions When Replacing Parts.....................................................................................91
4.2 Parts Layout.........................................................................................................................93
4.3 Parts Replacement Method...............................................................................................109
4.3.1 Cover-Rear, Cover-Side (R), and Cover-Side (R) Rear........................................ 110
4.3.2 Cover-Side (L) and Cover Assy-Front................................................................... 111
4.3.3 Stacker Assy-FU................................................................................................... 112
4.3.4 Cover Assy-OP Panel, Cover-Guard (R), Cover-Guard (Front) and
Cover-Guard (L).................................................................................................... 113
4.3.5 OP PCB................................................................................................................ 114
4.3.6 Cover Assy-Top..................................................................................................... 115
4.3.7 FAN-PCB-Assy, CU-Board-Assy and S2X/S2V-PU-Board.................................. 116
4.3.8 Job-Offset-Assy 723 and Basket-Assy................................................................. 117
4.3.9 Plate Top Assy...................................................................................................... 119
4.3.10 Eject-Assy.............................................................................................................120
4.3.11 Motor-Pulse-Belt and Sensor-Resist-Assy........................................................... 121
4.3.12 FDR Unit-MPT......................................................................................................122
4.3.13 FDR Unit-Resist....................................................................................................123
4.3.14 Duct Assy.............................................................................................................. 124
4.3.15 HV-Assy................................................................................................................125
4.3.16 Power Unit............................................................................................................126
4.3.17 Low Voltage Power Source Assy and Motor-FAN................................................127
4.3.18 Belt-Assy...............................................................................................................128
4.3.19 Fuser Unit-LBT......................................................................................................129
4.3.20 Unit-Duplex...........................................................................................................130
4.3.21 Paper Feed Roller................................................................................................. 131
4.3.22 MPT Feed Roller...................................................................................................132
5. Adjustment...................................................................................................133
5.0 System Maintenance Menu ..............................................................................................133
5.0.1 ID Check Pattern Print (“TEST PRINT MENU” Item)...........................................135
5.0.2 Maintenance Utility...............................................................................................135
5.1 Maintenance Menu and Its Function..................................................................................138
5.1.1 Maintenance Menu ..............................................................................................138
5.1.2 Engine Maintenance Mode ..................................................................................138
5.1.2.1 Operation Panel . .................................................................................................138
5.1.3 Various Printing Methods with a Stand-Alone Printer Coming with a Controller..166
5.2 Adjustment After Replacing Parts......................................................................................167
5.2.1 Precautions when Replacing the Engine Control PCB.........................................167
5.2.2 Precautions Upon EEPROM Replacement..........................................................167
5.2.3 CU PCB of 1200 dpi Printer and Replacement of Mounted Components............169
5.2.4 Precautions in Key Chip Replacement (1200dpi printer)...................................... 170
5.2.5 Precautions in EEPROM Replacement (1200 dpi printer).................................... 171
5.2.6 Precautions in HDD Replacement (1200 dpi printer)............................................ 172
5.2.7 Product Code of Maintenance HDD (1200 dpi printer)......................................... 173
5.2.8 Setup of EEPROM after replacement of TBX PCB.................................................. 174
5.2.9 Setup of destination................................................................................................. 175
5.2.10 Versions of firmware for maintenance purpose (600 dpi printers)......................... 176
44043511TH Rev.2 /
5.3 Density Correction.............................................................................................................177

5.4 Paper Thickness Detection/Sensitivity Correction............................................................. 178
6. Routine Replacement...............................................................................180
6.1 Routine Replacement of Consumable Parts......................................................................180
6.2 Cleaning ............................................................................................................................180
6.3 LED Lens Array Cleaning . ................................................................................................180
6.4 Pickup Roller Cleaning . .................................................................................................... 181
6.5 Cleaning Feed Roller.........................................................................................................182
7. Malfunction Repair Procedure...........................................................188

7.1 Precautions Before Repairs...............................................................................................188
7.2 Items to Check Before Remedying Abnormal Image . ......................................................188
7.3 Precautions Before Remedying Abnormal Image..............................................................188
7.4 Troubleshooting Preparations ...........................................................................................188
7.5 Troubleshooting..................................................................................................................188
7.5.1 LCD Message List ...............................................................................................189
7.5.2 Preparing for Troubleshooting..............................................................................198
7.5.3 Troubleshooting With Abnormal Image................................................................ 212
7.6 Check Fuse .......................................................................................................................227
8. Connection Diagram.................................................................................228
8.1 Check Resistance Value....................................................................................................228
8.2 Diagram of Part Layout of Various PCB.............................................................................235
9. MESSAGE LIST.................................................................................................242
9.1 Message Chart of C910/C930...........................................................................................242
9.2 Illustration appears on the operating panel........................................................................251
9.3 F/W Revision (C910)..........................................................................................................254
9.3.1 F/W Rev. table......................................................................................................254
9.3.2 Check abd version display....................................................................................254
Appendix-A C910/C930 LCD/LED Display.......................................................255
44043511TH Rev.2 /
1.
1.1
Pulse motor
LED Head
Operation Panel DC motor
MT/ Toner
44043511TH Rev.2
600dpi PCB (TBX) Belt C ID Y ID Resist Lift up Supply x2
DDR SDRAM Geared
M M M M Motor
M
DIMM × 2
USB Disposal
Connection PCB Fuser M ID K ID Hopping Toner
Ethernet
Job
Centro HDD Offset M M M M M
System Configuration
Configuration
or
<Sensor, Switch and Thermistor>
Paper Conveyor Sensor
1200dpi PCB (AS3)
Engine Controller Paper Size Detector
Control
Area Fuser Temperature Detector
HDD
DDR SDRAM Ambient Temperature/Humidity Detector
USB DIMM × 2 Remaining Toner Level Detector
Ethernet DC FAN ID, Belt, Fuser Check
DC FAN RFID, slack detection, & phase detection
Low Voltage
Power Unit
2nd/3rd Tray
Figure 1-1 illustrates the System Configuration of this printer.
High Voltage Large-Volume

Power Unit Paper Tray
<High Performance Sensor>
Fuser Unit
Heavy Paper Sensor
Density Sensor
Color Drift Sensor
Double-Side
Printer Unit
Belt Unit Y-ID Unit M-ID Unit C-ID Unit K-ID Unit
Figure 1-1
/
1.2 Printer Composition

The internal part of the printer consists of the following parts.
• Digital Photo Processor
• Paper Travel Path
• Control Unit (CU and PU)
• Operation Panel
• Power Source (High Voltage Area/Low Voltage Area)
Figure 1-2 illustrates the printer composition.
Figure 1-2
44043511TH Rev.2 10 /
1.3 Optional Composition

This printer comes with the following options.
(1) 2ndTray/3rdTray
(2) Double-Side Printer Unit
(3) Large-Volume Paper Tray
(4) Additional Memory: 256, 512MB
(5) Internal Harddisk
44043511TH Rev.2 11 /
(6) Finisher Unit

• 5 Tray (except for China)
44043511TH Rev.2 12 /
1.4 Specifications
(1) Dimensions (H W D): 471 mm 654 mm 625 mm
(2) Weight: 76.1 kg
(3) Paper
Paper Type: Regular paper and transparency
Paper Size: Post Card, Legal 13”or 14”, Executive, A4, A5, B5,
A6, A3, A3 Nobi, B4, Letter, Tabloid
(However, Post Card:1stTray and Multi-purpose-Tray
only)
Continuous Paper Feed: 1st Tray : 64 to 216 g/m2
Multi-purpose-Tray : 64 to 300 g/m2
(4) Print Speed

Color: 31 ppm (OHP: 10 ppm)
Monochrome: 36 ppm (OHP: 15 ppm)
Post Card, Label, Heavy Paper: 15 ppm
(5) Resolution: 1200 600/16 bit gray scale (C930)

600 600/32 bit gray scale (C910)
(6) Input Power: 110~127VAC ±10%

220~240VAC ±10%
(7) Power Consumption a) 120V

Peak : 1500W
Normal : 750W (Reference)
Idle : Ave. 200W (Reference)
Power Save mode : 33W
b) 230V
Peak : 1500W
Normal : 750W (Reference)
Idle : Ave. 200W (Reference)
Power Save mode : 34W
(8) Frequency: 50/60Hz ± 1Hz
(9) Noise
During Operations: 54 dB (without optional unit)
Standby Time: 42 dB
Power Save: 28 dB
(10) Life of Consumables

Toner Cartridge: 5,000 page (A4 5% Duty) (Y, M, C, K each)
Large-Volume Toner Cartridge: 15,000 page (A4 5% Duty) (Y, M, C, K each)
Imaging Drum: 20,000 page (A4 5% Duty, Continuous Printing)
(for 3P/J) (Y, M, C, K each)
44043511TH Rev.2 13 /
(11) Routine Replacement of Consumable Parts

Fuser Unit Assy: Every 100,000 pages
Transfer Belt Unit Assy: 100,000 page equivalent (for 3P/J)
Feed Roller Set: Around 120,000 pages
MPT Feed Roller Set: Around 120,000 pages
Waste Toner Box: 20,000 pages or equivalent (3P/J)
(12) Temperature and Relative Humidity

Temperature
Temperature Conditions
Temperature Temperature
Remarks
(°F) (°C)
17 to 27°C (Temperature guaranteeing
Operating 50 to 89.6 10 to 32
full-color print quality)
Not Operating 32 to 109.4 0 to 43 Power OFF
Storage (1 Year Max) -14 to 109.4 -10 to 43 Drum and Toner: Yes
-20 to 122 -29 to 50

Transport (1 month Max) Drum and Toner: Yes
-22 to 118 -30 to 48
Relative Humidity
Relative Humidity Conditions
Relative Humidity Maximum Web Bulb

Temperature Remarks
(%) (°C)
50-70% (Temperature guaranteeing
Operating 20 to 80 25
full-color print quality)
Not Operating 10 to 90 26.8 Power OFF
Storage 10 to 90 35
Transport 10 to 90 40
(13) Printer Life: every 1,000,000 page (for A4 paper) or 5 years
44043511TH Rev.2 14 /
1.5 Interface Specifications
1.5.1 USB Interface Specifications
1.5.1.1 USB Interface Overview

(1) Basic Specifications
USB 2.0 Compliant
(2) Transfer Mode
Full Speed (max. 12Mbps+0.25%)
High Speed (max. 480Mbps+0.05%)
(3) Power Control
Self-Power Device
1.5.1.2 USB Interface Connector and Cable

(1) Connector
Printer-Side B Receptacle (Female)
UP Stream Port
UBB-4R-D14T-1 (JST Mfg. Co., Ltd.) equivalent product
Connector Pin Layout
2 1
3 4
Cable: B Plug (Male)
(2) Cable
Cable Length: <2m USB 2.0 cable recommended.
(Use a cable with shielded wire)
1.5.1.3 USB Interface Signal
R1 Function
1 Vbus Power Source (+5V) (Red)
2 D- Data Transfer (White)
3 D+ Data Transfer (Green)
4 GND Signal GND (Black)
Shell Shield
44043511TH Rev.2 15 /
1.5.2 Network Interface Specifications
1.5.2.1 Network Interface

Network protocols: TCP/IP, NetWare, Ether Talk, & NetBEUI
1.5.2.2 Network Interface Connector and Cable

(1) Connector
1000 Base-T/100 Base-TX/10 Base-T
(automatically switched and not available simultaneously)
Connector pin layout

1 8
(2) Cable
Unshielded twisted pair cable with RJ-45 connector (Category 5e, Category 6 is recom-
mended.)
44043511TH Rev.2 16 /
1.5.3 Parallel Interface Specifications
1.5.3.1 Parallel Interface Overview
Item Details
Corresponding mode Comatible mode, nibble mode, ECP mode
Data bit length Compatible: 8, Nibble: 4, ECP: 9 bit
1.5.3.2 Parallel Interface Connector and Cable

(1) Connector
Printer: 36pConnector (Female)
57LE-40360-12 (D56) (DDK Ltd.) equivalent product
Cable: 36pConnector (Male)
57FE-30360-20N (D8) (DDK Ltd.) equivalent product
18 1
36 1
Pin arrangement from interface cable side
(2) Cable
Use a cable shorter than 1.8m.
(Use a cable with a shielded twisted-pair wire for to prevent noise interference.)
1.5.3.3 Parallel Interface Level

Low Level : 0.0V to +0.8V
High Level : +2.4V to +5.0V
44043511TH Rev.2 17 /
1.5.3.4 Timing Chart

Compatible Mode
a) Data Reception Timing
PARALLEL DATA
(DATA BITs 1 to 8)
0.5 µs min. 0.5 µs min.

0.5 µs min.
nStrobe
0.5 µs min.
0.5 µs max.
BUSY
0 min.
0 min.
nAck
0.5 µs to 3 µs
0 min.
b) Online/Online SW for Offline Switching Timing
ON-LINE SW
BUSY
SELECT
100 ms max.
c) Offline/Online SW for Online Switching Timing
ON-LINE SW
BUSY
SELECT
ACKNOWLEDGE
d) nlnit Timing (Default Invalid)
* It is based on a menu setup.
50 µs min.
INPUT. PRIME
BUSY
SELECT
5µs max.
ACKNOWLEDGE
44043511TH Rev.2 18 /
1.5.3.5 Parallel Interface Signal

The name of the interface signal and pin number is indicated in Table 1-1.
Table 1-1 Signals
Pin No. Signal Name Direction Function

1 nStrobe TO PRINTER Pulse to read data.
(HostClk) Data is read with the latter wire.
2 DATA 1 TO PRINTER 8bit parallel data.
High Level: "1"
3 DATA 2
Low Level: "0"
4 DATA 3
5 DATA 4
6 DATA 5
7 DATA 6
8 DATA 7
9 DATA 8
10 nAck (PtrClk) FROM PRINTER Signal indicating completion of incoming data.
11 Busy (PtrBusy) FROM PRINTER Indicates whether the printer state can accept
data or not.Data cannot be accepted during High
Level.
12 PError (AckDataReq) FROM PRINTER Paper error takes place during High Level.
13 Select (Xflag) FROM PRINTER Always High Level when the parallel interface is
active.
14 nAutoFd (HostBusy) TO PRINTER Used for two-way communications.
15 Unused – Unconnected
16 GND – Ground for signal.
17 FG – Ground for chassis.
18 +5V FROM PRINTER Provides +5V. Cannot supply power to an
external device.
19 to GND – Ground for signal.
30
31 nInit (nInit) TO PRINTER Printer is initialized during Low Level.
32 nFault (nDataAvail) FROM PRINTER When printer is alarming the printer goes to Low
Level state.
33 GND – The ground for signals
34 Unused – Un-connecting.
35 HILEVEL FROM PRINTER 3.3kW inside printer is pulled up by +5V.
36 nSelectIn TO PRINTER Used for two-way communications. Always in
(IEEE1284 active) Low Level in the compatible mode.
Note! Nibble mode signal names are indicated in the ( ).

Only indicates the Compatible Mode functions.
This printer supports the IEEE 1284-1994 Nibble Mode standardized by the Institute of
Electric and Electronic Engineers (IEEE). Note that use of PCs and cables that do not
comply with this standard may result in unforeseeable operations.
44043511TH Rev.2 19 /
2. Descriptions of Operations
The C910/C930 is an electrophotographic tandem color page printer. It features an LED array,
OPC, dry one-component non-magnetic phenomenon, roller transfer, thermo-compression fuser
and other technologies. The printer converts single-color (black) computer text into optical pulses
to write them on the surface of its optical drums.
44043511TH Rev.2 20 /
2.1
133MHz 5V
Centro
LVC Connector
5V
44043511TH Rev.2
PPC MPUCLK 133MHz 161284
3.3V
0delay
3.3V
750GL 1.8V
800MHz Cont SDRAMCLKx4
USB
Core:1.45V A [31:0] Address Connector
I/O:2.5V Cont CIF2
CC1
D [63:0] 12C LSI
LSI IDE [15:0]
Main Control PCB
D [63:0] 40G
DDR DIMM Slot2

DDR DIMM Slot1
MHM2030 2.5V IDE
Core:1.8V HDD
1.25V 5V Connector
1.2V 24MHz
I/O:3.3V
2.5V
-xxx 3.3V
2.5V Secure
3.3V Core:1.2V SCLK 66MHz HDD
PPCPOW
TBX Board block diagram 600dpi
1.25V I/O:3.3V 33CLK 33MHz PCI CLK 33MHz

1.2V PCI
+1.2V CPU HOST-
5V 6A PCI BUS
I/O:2.5V Slot USB
+2.5V 14.31818MHz
3.3V 68pin
+3.3V SUB Bus A/D[15:0]
PCI
Figure 2-1-1
Slot
+1.8V 100pin
3.3V
374
LVC
NAND Boot
BA[4:0]
Flash Flash
+1.25V 64MB 4MB LAN
25MHz
IC+ 10/100/
IP1000 1000Base
5V, 3.3V ROM DIMM 3.3V
PU-CU connector 100pin

ALF RJ45 connector
RESET 1.8V
Reset IC
WCLK
Video I/F
Video Data K, Y, M, C
I2C IF
Command I/F From PU
21 /
The main control PCB(TBX) of the 600dpi-Printer consists of a CPU, secondary cache SRAM,
ROM, RAM, EEPROM, Flash ROM, memory control LSI (CC1), interface control LSI (CIF2), IDE
HDD, PCI Bus Option and advanced interface.
(1) CPU
The CPU features a 64bit bus RISC PowerPC750GL processor. This operates at
800MHz, 6 times the speed of a 133MHz (bus clock) clock.
(2) Cache
The PowerPC750GL implements the following L1 & L2 caches.
Speed : Same as CPU Core CLK
Capacity : Primary Cache: D cache = 32KB, I cache = 32KB
Secondary Cache: 1MB
(3) RAM
RAM is DDR_DIMM. RAM_DIMM capacity is 256MB or 512MB. Max capacity is
1GB. DDR_DIMM used at TBX are the same with the DIMM used at AS3 and
PX735/736/745/741.
(4) EEPROM
This is a 3.3V/32kbit EEPROM with an 8-pin DIP package mounted on the IC socket.
It stores various settings that the control unit manages.3
(5) ROM
A 64MB flash ROM is directly on the TBX PCB. It can store program, fonts, macro,
etc.
(6) Memory Control LSI (CC1)
This ASIC mainly controls the CPU I/F, memory, video data compression/extraction,
and video I/F with the PU.
(7) Interface Control LSI (CIF2)
This ASIC controls PU command I/F, the operation panel I/F, IDE I/F, Centro I/F, USB I/F,
PCI I/F, EEPROM, and SPD (SDRAM DIMM) I/F.
(8) IDE HDD
The IDE connector is directly set on the PCB. The IDE HDD exclusively molded into
an Assy is connected here. This is used to store font data, temporarily store video
data that has already been edited and upon registering form data.
(9) PCI Bus
In addition, two PCI I/F slots are provided for optional circuit boards.
100-pin: This slot is not available (connector removed).
68-pin: A Host USB board is provided as optional equipment.
(10) Advanced Interface
Standard : Centronic Two-Way Parallel I/F (IEEE-1284)
USB (USB2.0) Interface
10/100 Base-TX, 1000Base-T Interface
Additional PCB : Host USB Board (68pin-PCI Bus Connection)
Security HDD (IDE bus)
44043511TH Rev.2 22 /
SPI I/F
FAN_DSP FAN Control CPU
(J481) LM6000CIMTX VID[4:0]
Celeron-M 1GHz V_CORE
(U480) (U100)
FAN_VX
(J482) 1.05V
w/Heatsink(U101)
CPU CLK
1.8V
FAN_NB 100M
44043511TH Rev.2
(J483) OSC
48M
FAN_CPU FPGA_FAN FSB(400MHz) (Y2650)
(J484)
X'tal 25M
3.3V 1.05V (Y2575)
PCI CLK 33M
DDR-RAM Gbit LAN PHY TD,RD LAN
2.5V (J675) 166MHz 1.5V DP83865DVH RJ45 Connector
1.5V (U257) (J2575)
NorthBridge Redwood
1.25V DDR-RAM 2.5V (U2400)
DDR 854GME 3.3V
(J676)
I/F (U170) 3.3V
D+,D-, VBUS,GND USB2.0_device
connector
Northbridge CLK 100M (J2650)
66M
Hublink1.5(66MHz)
PCI CLK 66M

Southbridge CLK 100M PCI Bus (3.3V, 32bit, 33MHz)
PCI CLK 33M, 66M
PCI 160pin Slot
48M, 14M For Banyan 3
(J7400)
SPI I/F PCI-X Bus (3.3V, 32bit, 66MHz)
3.3V
Main Control PCB (AS3-PCB) 1200dpi-RoHS
Battery PCI CLK 66M
Figure 2-1-2
BT300 Video_2.5V
DIAG LED 0 SouthBridge VX500_CORE

1 6300ESB VX500
HW_RST 3.3V
5.0V Reset 2 (U301) (U2303)
3
3.3V
XilinxCPLD D+,D-, VBUS,GND USB2.0_host
(U765) RTC X'tal P0
connector
32.768kHz (J460)
(Y300)
SDA,SCLK
1.05V Video_2.5V
KEYCHIP EEPROM
24C256 Xilinx Spartan 3 1.2V
1.5V (U7203) (U7202) FPGA
BIOS (U7200)
3.3V LPC I/F FPGA_LED_A
(U530) 3.3V
3.3V
CPU CLK 100M
Clock Generator FPGA_FAN
SPI I/F Northbridge CLK 100M
3.3V
IDF-I/F
IDF-I/F
Clock Gen
primary
CY22150FC
secondary
X'tal CY2840OXC (U7300)
14.31818M (U375) Southbridge CLK 100M
Port Engine I/F
(Y375) HDD OSC
not Connector
PCI CLK 33M, 66M (J755) 20MHz
D763 used D762 (U7000)
(Y7300)
HDD LED HDD LED
48M, 14M
WCLK
5.0V
5.0V
5.0V
23 /
The main control PCB of the 1200dpi-Printer consists of a CPU, RAM, HDD, LSI, EEPROM,
KeyChip, PCI Bus Option and Advanced Interface.
(1) CPU
CPU is Intel CeleronM-1G
(2) RAM
RAM is DDR_DIMM. RAM capacity is 256MB or 512MB.Max capacity is 1GB.
(3) HDD
HDD function (store program and font) is same with ASP/AS2 but there’s no
compatibility.
(4) Chipset (North/South Bridge LSI)
NorthBridge :Intel_854GME. This chip has I/F with CPU and Memory.
SouthBridge :Intel 6300ESB. This chip controls all external I/F.
(5) Image Processing LSI(VX500)
AS3 uses VX500 as an Image Processing LSI.
(6) EEPROM
EEPROM stores Printer default settings and etc.
(7) KeyChip
KeyChip is royalty device.
(8) PCI option
N/A
(9) Advanced Interface
Standard : USB(USB2.0) I/F
Ethernet(10/100/1000 base. LAN is directly mounted on AS3 board)
44043511TH Rev.2 24 /
2.2
: different from Px713

BOARD-LED-HEAD-POWER-RELAY 2
Contoroller
Unit (S2H)
44043511TH Rev.2
100 K-ID Y-ID M-ID C-ID Fuser
4 4 4 4 Motor Motor
Motor Motor Motor
EXIT BOARD-
OPERATION PANEL
Stacker
(X7G) 6 FAN

Full faceUP
Power
Stacker Full Facedown
faceDown Solenoid
K LED HEAD
Y LED HEAD
C LED HEAD
M LED HEAD
2 3
Job offset 4 4 4 4
Engine Control PCB
12 10 10 10 10
Position BOARD-REAR-
SENSOR 4
Cover LV-POWER Job Toner
FAN 6 (S2R) Disposal BELT Toner
FAN Left UNIT Offset Supply Supply
ID Job offset 11 Toner Motor
Fuser 13 Motor Motor KY Motor MC
(top) paper end PIONE SDRAM FAN Motor
Cover 64Mbit
1MHz ASIC BELT
Face UP
3 3 4
RFID FAN Tray1
BOARD-CARTRIDGE-SENSOR 2 PU- /MPT
Regist
Flash 8Mbit Board Registration 1st Regist Geared Motor Motor
(SGG) 24 12 FUSER UNIT Shutter Clutch Motor
MCON CPU
K-Drum Y-Drum M-Drum C-Drum Toner Toner ASIC SRAM 32Mbit (fuse) 3
Phase Phase Phase Phase Supply Supply Thermister*4 3
2 2 2
Toner-K Toner-Y Toner-M Toner-C ID Cover
Sensor Sensor Sensor Sensor UpDown 28MHz
8
2 MPT
Figure 2-2-1
PU-BOARD BOARD-MOTOR-DRIVER (S2P)
EEPROM Short Plug
(S2X) 5 1st Paper
3 3 3 3 3 70 JobOffset/ TonerSupply BELT Regist Motor
SUB Size SW
TonerSupplyMC KY Motor Driver
FAN K-ID Y-ID M-ID C-ID Motor Driver Motor Driver Driver CPU Tray1/MPT 3 Waste toner
ID UNIT UNIT UNIT UNIT Motor driver Hole IC
(front) (fuse) (fuse) (fuse) (fuse) 14 10 1.66MHz
4 6 Waste toner
Eraser Eraser Eraser Eraser Box Hole IC
PCB PCB PCB PCB 16
Belt
(S2J) (S2J) (S2J) (S2J) 20 Hole IC
2 2nd Regist 10
BOARD- Clutch
14 FRONT-SENSOR 13
BOARD- DUPLEX UNIT
(S2S) WR IN2 4 ENV Sensor
REGIST-SENSOR
HV-POWER Hum/Temp BOARD-
(S2Z) Aligment Aligment OPTIONAL 3
Left Right UNIT TRAY-SENSOR
TRAY UNIT 3 3
Media weight
(S2C) 1st 1st Paper 3 PAPER
Lifter Near END
11 END
MPT Home MPT Paper
2 2 3 3 Position END
3 5 MPT MPT
Figure 2-2-1 illustrates the block diagram of the Engine Control PCB (S2X PCB) 600dpi
3 FINISHER/
COVER Hopping Paper End
Fuser Paper Density BELT UNIT Disposal Disposal INVERTER UNIT 1st IN1 Cover
release Slack Sensor (fuse) Upper Toner Box Toner Full Hopping 1st
Hole IC
25 /
: different from Px713
BOARD-LED-HEAD-POWER-RELAY 2
Contoroller
Unit (S2H)
44043511TH Rev.2
100 K-ID Y-ID M-ID C-ID Fuser
4 4 4 4 Motor Motor
Motor Motor Motor
EXIT BOARD-
OPERATION PANEL
Stacker
(X7G) 6 FAN

Full faceUP
Power
Stacker Full Facedown
faceDown Solenoid
K LED HEAD
Y LED HEAD
C LED HEAD
M LED HEAD
2 3
Job offset 12 4 4 4 4
BOARD-REAR- 10 10 10 10
Position
4
SENSOR LV-POWER
FAN Cover Disposal Job BELT Toner Toner
FAN
6 (S2R) COCOA COCOA COCOA Offset Supply
ID Left COCOA UNIT Supply
Job offset 11 Toner Motor Motor KY
Fuser 13 ASIC ASIC ASIC ASIC Motor Motor MC
(top) paper end FAN Motor
Cover
BELT
Face UP
3 3 1MHz 4

RFID FAN Tray1
BOARD-CARTRIDGE-SENSOR 2 PU- /MPT
Regist
Flash Board Registration 1st Regist Geared Motor Motor
(SGG) FUSER UNIT Shutter Clutch Motor
24 MCON CPU 8Mbit 12
K-Drum Y-Drum M-Drum C-Drum Toner Toner (fuse) 3
Phase Phase Phase Phase Supply Supply ASIC SRAM Thermister*4 3
2 2 2
Toner-K Toner-Y Toner-M Toner-C ID 32kbit
8 Cover
Sensor Sensor Sensor Sensor UpDown 2 MPT
28MHz
Figure 2-2-2
BOARD-MOTOR-DRIVER (S2P)
PU-BOARD 70 5 1st Paper
3 3 3 3 3 EEPROM Short Plug JobOffset/ TonerSupply BELT Regist Motor Size SW
(S2V) SUB Driver
TonerSupplyMC KY Motor
FAN K-ID Y-ID M-ID C-ID Motor Driver Motor Driver Driver CPU Tray1/MPT 3 Waste toner
ID UNIT UNIT UNIT UNIT Motor driver Hole IC
(front) (fuse) (fuse) (fuse) (fuse) 14 10 1.66MHz
4 6 Waste toner
Eraser Eraser Eraser Eraser Box Hole IC
PCB PCB PCB PCB 16
Belt
(S2J) (S2J) (S2J) (S2J) 20 Hole IC
2 2nd Regist 10
BOARD- Clutch
14 FRONT-SENSOR 13
BOARD- DUPLEX UNIT
(S2S) WR IN2 4 ENV Sensor
REGIST-SENSOR
HV-POWER Hum/Temp BOARD-
(S2Z) Aligment Aligment OPTIONAL 3
Left Right UNIT TRAY-SENSOR
TRAY UNIT 3 3
Media weight
(S2C) 1st 1st Paper 3 PAPER
Lifter Near END
11 END
MPT Home MPT Paper
2 2 3 3 Position END
3 3 5 FINISHER/ MPT MPT
COVER Hopping Paper End
Disposal
Figure 2-2-2 illustrates the block diagram of the Engine Control PCB (S2V PCB) 1200dpi
Fuser Paper Density BELT UNIT Disposal INVERTER UNIT 1st IN1 Cover
release Slack Sensor (fuse) Upper Toner Box Toner Full Hopping 1st
Hole IC
26 /
2.3 Power Unit

This is a high voltage power unit consisting of high voltage power source circuit and a low
voltage power unit composed of a power unit consists of an AC filter circuit, low voltage power
source circuit and heater drive circuit.
(1) Low Voltage Power Unit

This circuit generates the following voltage.
Output Voltage Purpose
+5V (1) PU, Logic Circuit Power Source

+5V (2) LED Head
+5V (3) CU
+24V For Monitor Drive
(2) High Voltage Power Unit

This circuit generates the following voltage that is more powerful than +24V
necessary for the electrophotographic process, according to the control sequence
from the control PCB.
Output Voltage Purpose Remarks
CH -0.8 to -1.4kV Power to Electrification Roller

DB -100 to -450V/250V Power to Development Roller
SB -300 to -700V Power to Toner Supply Roller
BB Drop from SB Output with Zener Power to Development Roller
TR 0 to 7kV Power to Trasfer Roller
44043511TH Rev.2 27 /
2.4
Discharge
roller
44043511TH Rev.2
Discharge
Control signal
(Face down)
Power supply ¥4
LED head K Y M C
Regist
Mechanical process
roller
Electrification
roller
Discharge Paper path
selection Exposure
(Face up) Power supply
Electrification
Duplex Paper path
printing selection
Development Toner
(Option) Cleaning blade Cleaning Development
Figure 2-3
roller container
Multi purpose
Discharge sensor tray
Feeding
Paper feed sensor 2
Discharge Paper Paper Paper
Fixing Transfer Feeding
Figure 2-3 illustrates the mechanical process of the C910/C930.
roller regist regist cassette

Light Paper feed
sensor sensor 1
Power
Heat roller Backup roller Transfer roller Regist roller 2 Regist roller 1 Hopping roller
supply (MT, 1ST, 2ND)
Discharge Fixing Cleaning Transfer Paper conveyance Paper advance
A motion of a paper
OPC drum rotation
28 /
2.4.1 Electrophotographic Processing Mechanism
(1) Electrophotographic process

The overview of the electrophotographic process is described below.
Electrification
DC power is applied to the CH roller to evenly negatively electrify the surface of
the OPC drum.
Exposure
The LED head irradiates light on the surface of the OPC drum that is charged
with a negative electrical load. The negative electrical load attenuates according
to the intensity of light, for the irradiation area of the OPC drum surface. Further,
the electrostatic latent image is created on the OPC drum surface according to
the electrical potential.
Development
The negatively charged toner comes in contact with the OPC drum to fuse the
electrostatic latent image by electrostatic force, to create a significant image on
the surface of the OPC drum.
Transfer
Paper is pressed against the surface of the OPC drum, then conveyed by the
transfer roller from behind. The toner and positive electrical load of a reverse
electrode is applied, then the toner image is transferred to the paper.
Cleaning
The cleaning blade removes residual toner on the OPC drum after the toner is
transferred to the paper.
Fuser
Heat and pressure is applied to the toner image on the paper to fuse the image
on the paper.
44043511TH Rev.2 29 /
(2) Electrification
A negative DC power is applied to the electrification roller to evenly negatively
electrify the surface of the OPC drum.
Power
supply Electrification roller
unit
OPC drum
(3) Exposure
The LED head irradiates light on the surface of the OPC drum that is charged
with a negative electrical load. The negative electrical load attenuates according
to the intensity of light, for the irradiation area of the OPC drum surface. Further,
the electrostatic latent image is created on the OPC drum surface according to the
electrical potential.
LED head
LED head
Electrification roller
Power
supply
unit
OPC drum
Paper
OPC drum
44043511TH Rev.2 30 /
(4) Development
The negatively charged toner comes in contact with the OPC drum to fuse the
electrostatic latent image by electrostatic force, to create a significant image on the
surface of the OPC drum.
The sponge roller precipitates toner on the development roller. The toner is then
negatively electrified.
Development blade
Electrification roller
Sponge roller
Development roller
OPC drum
The development blade removes excess toner from the development roller, then
a thin toner layer is created on the development roller.
The toner is sucked into the electrostatic latent image where the OPC drum and
development roller comes in contact.
(5) Transfer
The transfer roller is made of a conductive sponge. Paper is pressed against the
OPC drum surface, then the paper and OPC drum surface is adhered.
Paper is pressed against the surface of the OPC drum, then conveyed by the transfer
roller from behind. The toner and positive electrical load (that is reverse with the
toner) is applied, then the toner image is transferred to the paper.
When the power source applies powerful positive power on the transfer roller, the
positive electrical load induced by the transfer roller is transferred to the paper
surface at the contact point between the transfer roller and paper. The negative
electrical load toner is then sucked from the OPC drum surface on to the paper
surface.
OPC drum
Paper Conveyance belt
Transfer roller
Power
supply
unit
44043511TH Rev.2 31 /
(6) Fuser
The toner image transferred on the paper is fused on the paper by heat and pressure
when the paper passes through the heat roller and backup roller.
The Teflon coated heat roller is heated by a 800W or 350W internal halogen lamp,
and backup roller is heated by a 50W internal halogen lamp. The fuser temperature
is controlled according to the sum of the temperature that is not contacted with the
thermistor ground against the heat roller surface and the temperature that is detected
with the thermistor ground on the backup roller surface. There is also a thermostat for
safety purposes. When the heat roller temperature rises above a certain temperature,
the thermostat opens and shuts down the power supplied to the heater. The backup
roller unit is pressed against the heater with a press spring on both sides.
Thermostat
Thermistor
Paper Heat roller
Backup roller
Pat
Fuser belt
Thermistor
Thermostat
(7) Cleaning
The cleaning blade scrapes off residual toner on the OPC drum after the toner is
transferred to the paper, then the disposal toner of the disposal toner box is collected
at the rear.
(8) Cleaning
Toner residue on the Transfer Belt is scraped off with the cleaning blade and
collected into the Belt Waste Toner Box at the front of the printer.
Cleaning braid
Disposal Toner Box
44043511TH Rev.2 32 /
2.4.2 Paper Processing Mechanism

Figure 2-4 illustrates how the paper transfers through the C910.
Face down stacker
Fuser assembly Head × 4 Unit × 4

Discharge roller Heat roller
Regist roller
Assy (B)
Hopping roller
Belt unit
Reverse Roller High-pressure Multipurpose tray
power supply
Intermediate Feed
Backup roller
Cassette 1 Roller Assy
Cassette 2
Discharge roller × 4
Cassette 3
Regist roller Assy (A)
Cassette 4
Cassette 5
Regist roller Assy (A)
Retard Roller
Figure 2-4 Paper Path
44043511TH Rev.2 33 /
(1) Paper Supplied from the 1st Tray

1. Paper proceeds when the paper supply motor turns (CCW) and the paper supply
clutch is connected, until the IN1 sensor turns ON.
2. When the IN1 sensor is turned ON, a certain volume of paper is further
transported until it is against the 1st resist roller. (this corrects paper skew)
3. After paper has hit the roller while the Resist Motor is running (CW), the
electromagnetic clutch that transmits drive power to the Resist Rollers 1 is
connected and paper is sent 2 to the Feed Belt via Intermediate Feed Rollers
and Resist Rollers.
2nd regist roller
Write sensor
IN2 sensor
Middle transport roller

The clutch of
electromagnetism
The clutch of 1st regist roller

electromagnetism
IN1 sensor
Feed roller Feed sensor
Pickup roller
Paper
Feed motor Retard roller Regist motor
Figure 2-5
44043511TH Rev.2 34 /
(2) Paper Supplied from the Option Tray

1. Paper proceeds when the paper supply motor turns (CCW) and the paper sup-
ply clutch is connected, until the IN sensor of the top tray to supply the paper,
turns ON.
2. When the IN sensor is turned ON, a certain volume of paper is further trans-
ported against the regist roller. (this corrects paper skew)
3. The paper is conveyed to the C910 when the electromagnetic clutch which deliv-
ers power that the register strike motor is turning (CW) and the thrust reliance of
a paper is completed to the 1st register strike roller is connected.
The clutch of 1st Regist roller

electromagnetism
IN1 sensor
Regist motor
Upper tray
Regist roller
The clutch of Option paper tray
electromagnetism
Feed roller IN sensor

Feed sensor
Pickup roller
Feed motor
Retard roller Regist motor
Figure 2-6
44043511TH Rev.2 35 /
(3) Paper Supplied from MPT

1. In the usual case, sheet receiving is depressed by the arm for rise and fall at a
home position.
2. When a regist motor rotates in the direction of (b), the arm for rise and fall
drives and sheet receiving is rotated. The paper on sheet receiving goes up
to the position where a lift rise sensor is turned on, and feeding is attained
because the arm for rise and fall goes up.
3. The hopping motor is shared with the tray and MPT feeding uses the inversion
of tray feeding.
If a hopping motor reverse-rotates, a pickup roller and a feed roller will drive and
a paper will be sent out.
4. After an entrance sensor (2) is turned on by the paper tip, a paper is sent by
specification length. A paper will stop, if the tip reaches the 2nd register strike
roller Assy.
5. A regist motor rotates in the direction of (a) simultaneously, and a paper is
conveyed with the 2nd regist roller Assy. A hopping motor is rotated until a
paper arrives at the position of the image drum cartridge (black).
6. A hopping motor is rebooted, in order to make paper feed to the following paper,
when an after the end escapes from the hopping sensor.
7. When operation of 4 to 6 is repeated and a lift rise sensor turns off, a regist
motor is rotated in the direction of (b), and the arm for rise and fall is driven,
and it goes up until a lift rise sensor turns on the paper on sheet receipt.
8. After the completion of paper sending operation, when a lift rise sensor detects
off, a regist motor is rotated in the direction of (b), and sheet receiving is
returned to a home position by dropping the arm for rise and fall.
44043511TH Rev.2 36 /
Feed roller
Hopping sensor Pickup roller
Retard roller
Lift up sensor
Entrance sensor (2) Paper existence sensor
Write sensor
Paper
2nd Regist roller Assy (B)
The clutch gear of

electromagnetism (2)
Paper existence sensor
Middle transport roller
a b
Regist motor drive
Hopping motor drive
Figure 2-7
44043511TH Rev.2 37 /
(4) Conveyor Belt

1. The conveyor belt motor drives the conveyor belt when turning in the direction of
the arrow. The belt unit consists of one transfer roller that is directly under the
drum for each color, with the conveyor belt in between the drum.
When a specified voltage is applied, the conveyor belt and transfer roller trans-
fers the toner image on the drum for each color, then feeds the paper on the
conveyor belt to the fuser unit.
Drum
Conveyor belt
K Y M C
Transfer roller
Transfer belt motor
Figure 2-8
44043511TH Rev.2 38 /
(5) ID Unit Up/Down Operations

1. The C-ID motor drives the ID unit up and down.
2. Figure 2-9-a indicates ID unit operations during color printing. When the C-ID
motor rotates (CCW), the lift uplink slides to the left, and as indicated in Figure
2-9-a, each ID unit moves DOWN. The printer is now ready for color printing.
3. Figure 2-9-b indicates the ID unit operations during monochrome printing. When
the C-ID motor rotates (CW), the lift uplink slides to the right, and as indicated
in Figure 2-9-b, all units other than the K-ID moves UP. The printer is now ready
for black-and-white printing.
ID Unit Operations During Color Printing
C-ID Unit : Down C-ID Unit M-ID Unit Y-ID Unit K-ID Unit
M-ID Unit : Down
Y-ID Unit : Down
K-ID Unit : Does not move.
Lift uplink
C-ID Motor
(Rotates clockwise) Figure 2-9-a
ID Unit Operations During Monochrome Printing
C-ID Unit : Lift up C-ID Unit M-ID Unit Y-ID Unit K-ID Unit
M-ID Unit : Lift up
Y-ID Unit : Lift up
K-ID Unit : Does not move.
Lift uplink
C-ID Motor
(Rotates counterclockwise)
Figure 2-9-b
44043511TH Rev.2 39 /
(6) Fuser Unit and Paper Output

1. The fuser unit and discharge roller is driven by a single DC motor. The heater
roller turns when the fuser motor turns in the direction of the arrow (a). This
roller fuses the toner image on the paper with heat and pressure.
2. At the same time, the four discharge rollers are activated to discharge paper.
3. The discharge path to the face-up or face-down stacker is automatically switched
by the paper separator solenoid.
Discharge roller
Face-down stacker
Fuser unit
Heat roller
Face-up stacker
Paper separator
a
Fuser motor
Figure 2-10
44043511TH Rev.2 40 /
(7) Double-Side Printer Unit

1. When the double-side Printer Unit receives double-side print instructions, the
separator is opened by the solenoid after one side of the paper fed from the
tray is completely printed, then the path is switched to the double-side printer
unit.
At this time, roller (1) turns in the direction of arrow (a), therefore, the paper is
retracted to the undersurface of a double-side printer unit.
2. Further, when the tip of the paper passes through the double-side printer
entrance sensor after a certain period of time, the roller starts a reverse rotation.
Roller (1) turns in the direction of arrow (b), then sends the paper inside the
double-side printer unit. After that, it passes through roller (2), (3), (4) and (5),
prints the other side of the paper, then discharges the paper, and re-feeds it
back to the unit.
Separator
Double-sided
entrance sensor
a
Roller (1) b
Motor A
Solenoid
Roller (2) Roller (3) Roller (4) Roller (5)
Motor B
Figure 2-11
44043511TH Rev.2 41 /
2.5 Sensor
2.5.1 Paper-Related Sensor
Stacker Full FD sensor
IN2 sensor
Stacker Full Job-off sensor
FU sensor MPT Hopping sensor
C drum M drum Y drum K drum
MPT PE sensor
Idle roller
Drive roller
Dup-in1 sensor
Exit sensor
Looseness sensor MPT Paper
Conveyor belt WR sensor
Sensor
MPT home sensor
Dup-in2 sensor Dup R sensor Dup F sensor

IN1 sensor
Paper Hopping sensor
Sensor Function State of Sensor
MPT Hopping Sensor This detects the top of the paper entering and then L : Paper Available
Paper Hopping Sensor determines the timing to switch from the hopping to H : Paper Unavailable
the conveyor.
IN2 Sensor Detects the leading edge of transferred paper. L : Paper Available
Determines the paper length from the time when the H : Paper Unavailable
trailing edge turns off the sensor.
Paper Discharge Sensor This detects the tip and end of the paper, then L : Paper Available
(Exit sensor) determines paper discharge. H : Paper Unavailable
Double-Side Print This determines the tip of the paper entering the H : Paper Available
Entrance Sensor double-side printer unit, then determines the times L : Paper Unavailable
(Dup-in1 sensor) it takes for the inverse roller to inverse from CCW to
CW.
Double-Side Print This detects the tip of the paper after inversion by H : Paper Available
Rear Sensor the double-side printer unit. L : Paper Unavailable
(Dup R sensor)
Double-Side Print Detects the leading edge of paper reversed by the H : Paper Available
Front Sensor Duplex Unit. Determines whether to feed paper L : Paper Unavailable
(Dup F sensor) again.
Stack Full FD Sensor Detects Stacker full. H : Stack Full
Stack Full FU Sensor L : Stack Empty
Job off Sensor This detects paper conveyance to the paper H : Paper Available
discharge roller, then determines the timing to offset L : Paper Unavailable
job operations.
44043511TH Rev.2 42 /
2.5.2 Other Sensors
Paper Empty Sensor

This sensor checks whether the paper cassette is empty or not.
Paper Near-End Sensor

This sensor checks whether the paper cassette will be empty soon or not.
MPT Paper Empty Sensor

This sensor checks whether there is paper in the front feeder.
MBF Hopping Switch

This micro-switch checks whether the front feeder table is in the UP position or
DOWN position.
Paper Size Switch

This sensor detects the size of the paper in the paper cassette.
ID UP/DOWN Sensor (one sensor each for Y, M, C, K)

This sensor checks whether the I/D unit is in the UP position or DOWN position.
Toner K, Y, M and C Sensor

This sensor checks the toner residual quantity in an image drum, when a sensor
lever measures a time interval to open periodically.
RFID Sensor
The radio communications of this sensor are carried out to IC tip built in the toner
cartridge, and it checks the existence of a toner cartridge, and the toner residual
quantity in a toner cartridge.
Thermal Sensor
Refer to 2.7 “Image Transfer Control Due to Environmental Change”.
Humidity Sensor
Refer to 2.7 “Image Transfer Control Due to Environmental Change”.
Color Registration Sensor
This sensor reads the color registration pattern printed at the left and right edges of
the Transfer Belt. (See 2.13.)
Density Sensor
This sensor measures the pattern density to measure the density printed on the
conveyor belt.
Media Thickness Sensor
This sensor detects the thickness of the media.
Disposal Toner Sensor
This sensor checks whether the disposal toner in the disposal toner box is full or not.
Slack sensor
This sensor detects a slack in paper during feeding to control the Fuser speed.
Belt rotation sensor
Detection of spiral rotation of Waste Toner Dut
Waste Toner Box Spiral Sensor
44043511TH Rev.2 43 /
2.6 Color Drift Correction

The C910/C930 comes with several ID units and LED heads, therefore, causes color drift. This
mechanical color drift can automatically be corrected with the following procedures.
(1) Automatically Corrected Color Drift

X Axis Color Drift (position off-alignment due to LED head)
Skew Color Drift (position off-alignment due to LED head)
Y Axis Color Drift (I/D unit and position off-alignment due to LED head)
(2) Correction Method

The color drift detection pattern set is printed on the belt. This is then read by the
reflection sensor to detect the color drift value of each color and therefore, determine
the correction level. The modification takes place by comparing the each colors’ (Cyan,
Magenta and Yellow) write timing with black, according to the correction value.
2.7 Image Transfer Control According to Environmental Change

(Room Temperature and Relative Humidity)
The C910/C930 measures the room temperature with the room temperature sensor and measures
the relative humidity with the humidity sensor. It further computes the optimal transfer voltage
under the environmental conditions (temperature and RH) measured. Then printing is controlled in
real-time at this optimal voltage.
44043511TH Rev.2 44 /
2.8 Paper Jam Detector

The C910/C930 detects paper jam during printing after turning on the power source. If there is
any paper jam detected, the printing process is immediately canceled. In this case, open the
cover, remove the paper that is jammed, and close the cover to resume printing.
Error Code Displayed on LCD Error State
400,401 Paper Size Error After the Entrance Cassette Sensor turns ON, it won’t
turn OFF for a certain period of time. It detects several
different types of paper sizes.
372 Mis-feeding in Double-Side Failure to feed paper from the Double-Side Print
Print Conveyance Assy Conveyance Assy.
390 MT mis-feed. Paper feed from the MT failed. (If, after Hopping, the
Entrance MT Sensor does not turn ON within a certain
period of time)
391 Cassette 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 mid- Paper supply failed from Cassette 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5.
392 feed. (If, after Hopping, the Entrance Cassette Sensor does
393 not turn ON within a certain period of time)
394
395
370 Paper jam when printing on The double-side printer rear sensor does not turn
the other side with Double- ON when printing the other side with the double-side
Side Print. printer unit.
383 Paper jam at the entrance The double-side printer IN sensor does not turn ON
of the Double-Side Printer when supplying paper to the double-side printer unit.
Unit.
371 Paper jam at the input of The double-side printer front sensor does not turn ON
the Double-Side Printer while the double-side printer unit is operating.
Unit.
382 Paper discharge jam. The paper discharge sensor senses the tip of the
paper but does not sense the end of the paper
after that within a certain period of time. The paper
discharge sensor turns ON, but does not turn OFF
after that.
381 Paper conveyance jam The paper is conveyed on the belt, however, the paper
discharge sensor does not turn ON.
380 Paper output jam. After hopping is completed, the paper does not reach
the entrance belt sensor or the MT sensor.
490 MT out of paper. If printing is started when the MT is out of paper.
491 Cassette 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 out Cassette 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 out of paper
492 of paper
493
494
495
IN2 sensor
MTP PE sensor Multipurpose tray part
382 Discharge Paper (MT)
381 conveyor 380 Paper feed
Exit sensor
371 Double-side print input

383 Double-side 30 Mis-feed in MT
print entry
IN1 sensor
Dup-in sensor 372 Mis-feed in double-sided printing

Cassette 1
31 Mis-feed in a cassette 1
Dup F sensor
Dup R senser 32 Mis-feed in a cassette 2
Cassette 2
33 Mis-feed in a cassette 3
Cassette 3 34 Mis-feed in a cassette 4
370 Double-side print rear sense
Cassette 4 35 Mis-feed in a cassette 5
Cassette 5
44043511TH Rev.2 45 /
2.9 Cover Open

If the top cover of the C910/C930 is open, the cover open micro switch turns OFF. Then the
24V to high voltage power source, and high voltage output is shutdown. At the same time, the
CPU receives a COVOPN signal indicating the micro-switch state, to proceed with cover open
processing.
Microswitch
S2X (C10),
S2V (C30)-PCB
24V
CVROPN-N
High voltage power

supply unit
Detection
circuit
High voltage power

supply board
44043511TH Rev.2 46 /
2.10 Toner Low Detection

• Structure
This device consists of a constant speed rotating agitation gear andagitation bar.
Agitation gear Projection Agitation bar
• Detection
The minimum height length of stay (OFF time) of a target board which attached the
toner low level state in the end of a churning bar is measured and detected by the
sensor.
OFF time (minimum height) ON time (maximum height)
Sensor
Agitation bar Target board
The light which emitted light by the The light which emitted light by the
sensor reflects with a target board, sensor does not reflect with a target
and received light by the sensor. board, and does not received light
Therefore, the minimum height length by the sensor.
of stay is detectable.
44043511TH Rev.2 47 /
Toner High level State
• The agitation bar interlocks and turns with

the agitation gear.
• Since there is a toner even if a agitation

bar reaches the maximum height, the
other side of the bar is still inside the
Agitation bar
toner. Therefore, the agitation bar turns by
the force of the agitation gear.
Target board
Toner Low Level State

Toner cartridge
• When the agitation bar reaches the agitation spring
maximum height, the agitation bar falls
in the minimum height by prudence since
there is no resistance by the toner. At this Toner supply agitator
time, the minimum height length of stay of
a target board becomes long. This time is
measured and a toner low level state is
detected. Agitation bar
Target board
Toner Supply Operation
• When continuation 3 cycle detection of

the toner low level state is carried out, a
toner supply agitator and a toner cartridge
agitation spring will rotate, and the toner
of a toner cartridge will be supplied to the Rotation direction of
inside of an image drum cartridge. Then, toner supply agitator
when one cycle of toner high level is de-
tected, toner supply agitator and a toner
cartridge agitation spring will stop, and
toner supply will stop.
44043511TH Rev.2 48 /
Toner High Level State (at 37ppm*1)
t1
ON
TNRSNS t1<0.85
OFF
T=2.3
Toner Low Level State (at 37ppm*1)
t1
ON
TNRSNS t1>0.85
OFF
T=2.3
• After a toner supply start, when a toner low sate is detected 20 consecutive times, it
is recognized as the toner being low.
(After recognizing toner low, then toner low is displayed after printing an equivalent of
5% of 200 A4 sheets.)
The toner in a toner cartridge is lost.
• If a toner full state is detected 10 consecutive times, the toner low state is canceled.
• If the toner sensor does not change over 3 cycles (2.3 sec. X 3), then the toner
sensor alarm is activated.
• The toner sensor does not detect anything when the drum motor is stopped.
*1
A 37ppm printout is at the warming up stage. T and t1 fluctuates in proportion to
the printing speed.
44043511TH Rev.2 49 /
2.11 Paper Size Detection

A cam is interlocked with the paper guide of the paper cassette, then four tab-pieces via this
cam drives the system according to the paper guide setting position.
When the paper cassette is attached to the printer, the micro-switch detects the state of the tab-
piece and then recognizes the size of the paper.
PSZSW1 PSZSW2 PSZSW3 PSZSW4
Cassette NONE 0 0 0 0
A3 Nobi 0 0 1 1
Tabloid 1 0 1 1
A3 1 0 0 1
B4 0 0 0 1
Legal 14" 0 1 0 1
Legal 13" 0 1 0 0
A4 Portrait 1 1 1 0
Letter Portrait 1 1 1 1
Executive 1 1 0 1
B5 Portrait 1 1 0 0
Letter Landscape 1 0 1 0
A4 Landscape 0 0 1 0
A5 0 1 1 0
B5 Landscape 1 0 0 0
A6 0 1 1 1
44043511TH Rev.2 50 /
2.12 Power ON Process
2.12.1 Self-Diagnostic Test
(1) Initial Test

When the power is turned On, the following check automatically takes place.
(a) ROM Check
(b) RAM Check
(c) EEPROM Check
(d) Mechanical Check
(e) Option Unit Check
(2) ROM Check

The ROM is checked by calculating the HASH value.
(3) RAM Check

(a) The type of RAM is checked for its specifications. Any RAM that falls out of the
specifications will result in an Error.
(b) The RAM in each slot is checked by read-after-write.
(4) EEPROM Check

The specific data stored in the fixed address of the EEPROM is checked.
(5) Option Unit Check

Before entering the run mode, the unit is checked for the presence of an optional
units (HDD, NIC, Option Tray, Double-Side Printer Unit, Finisher, etc.).
44043511TH Rev.2 51 /
2.13 Color Drift Detection

The Z71-PCB reflective optical sensor detects color drift. There is one each on the left and right
side in front of the cleaning blade behind the belt unit. A color drift detection pattern is printed
on both ends of the left and right side of the belt. Then the reflective optical sensor reads this
detection pattern to measure the drift level based on black as a standard. The correction value is
then determined based on this measurement. Then the main scanning, sub-scanning, and skewed
color drift correction automatically takes place.
This detection takes place when the power is turned ON, cover is closed, the printer is left un-
used for 2 hours or longer, and every time after printing 400 sheets.
LED head
C M Y K
ID
C M Y K
Transfer belt
The belt run direction
Color drift sensor L/R

Cleaning blade
Transfer belt
Color drift sensor R
The belt run direction
Color drift sensor L

(Figure seen from the bottom)
Cleaning blade
44043511TH Rev.2 52 /
2.14 Reading Version of Routine Replacement Units

This determines whether the parts are new or old according to the I/D of the consumable parts
that are routinely replaced, the fuser unit, and the state of the fuse in the belt unit (good/dead). If
the fuse is in a conductive state, then it is considered a new unit. A NEW or OLD decision takes
place when the power is turned ON and when the cover is closed. When the part is NEW, the
life counter of the unit is reset, and the NEW/OLD decision-making fuse in each unit is cut.
2.15 Life Counter of Replaceable Units

The following Table lists the life counter of the I/D, fuser unit, and belt unit that are routinely re-
placed consumable parts.
Unit State Life processing
ID Count the drum rotation in a unit of [Letter Stop Printing

Paper Length + Paper Interval during Cycling the power or opening and
continuous print]. closing the cover allows printing of
Life : When printing a distance equivalent to 1,000 pages.
20K sheets (3P/J). Printing becomes impossible when an
ID runs out of toner.
Toner Cartridge Count the number of print dots. Stop Printing
Determine the usage level according to the Cycling the power or opening and
counter value. closing the cover allows printing of 20
(Refer to 2.16) pages (at A4 5%).
After it is repeated five times or when
the total number of printed pages
has reached 100, printing becomes
impossible.
Belt Unit Convert the drum rotation into [Letter Paper Stop Printing
Length + Distance Between Paper However, power is turned off and on
Upon Continuous Printing]. again or opening/ closing the cover,
One sheet of paper passing through is the printer will be able to print 500
counted as one on the counter. more sheets or, after 150K, 50 more
Life:When the counter value reached 100K. sheets.
Fuser Unit Disposal Toner Near-Full state. Stop Printing
If paper is longer than 13 inches, the number However, power is turned off and on
of the paper sheets will be an integer again or opening/ closing the cover,
multiplied by 13 inches plus one. the printer will be able to print 500
Life: When counter value is 100K. more sheets or, after 150K, 50 more
sheets.
Waste Toner Box Converts the weight of discharged toner to Stop Printing
the number of A4 sheets and counts the When power is turned off and on
number. again or opening/closing the cover,
Life: When the counter has reached 20K. the printer will be able to print up
to 50 counts. However, if the waste
toner box is completely full with toner,
sustained printing is not performed.
44043511TH Rev.2 53 /
2.16 Toner Usage Level Detection

The toner usage level is detected by counting the number of dots printed. The counted number
of dots is written in in IC tip in a toner cartridge.
Once toner low is detected, the toner shall be considered empty after dot counting 1,050 A4
sheets at 5%.
Cycling the power or opening and closing the cover allows printing of 20 pages.
After it is repeated five times or when the total number of printed pages has reached 100, printing
becomes impossible.
44043511TH Rev.2 54 /
3. Printer Installation
3.1 Precautions and Prohibition
• Keep away from high temperatures and open flames.

• Please do not install in a place from which a chemical reaction is started (laboratory etc.).
• Do not install near inflammable solutions such as alcohol or thinner.
• Keep out of reach of children.
• Do not install on an unstable surface (the shaky stand, leaning place, etc.).
• Keep away from dust, humidity and direct sunlight.
• Keep away from the sea breeze and corrosive gases.
• Keep away from sources of vibration.
• Pull the power plug out of the socket and contact with a customer's service centre when the
printer is dropped or the cover is damaged.
There is a risk of getting an electric shock and/or causing fire leading to personal injury.
• Do not use a power code, a printer cable, or a ground wire other than those that are indicated
in User's Manual.
Doing so may cause fire.
• Do not insert materials in a vent hole.
Doing so may cause an electric shock and/or fire leading to personal injury.
• Do not put a cup with liquids such as water on the printer.
• Do not touch the fuser and other parts when opened the cover.
Doing so may result in getting burns.
• Do not throw toner cartridges and image drum cartridges into fire. Doing so may cause dust
explosion leading to get burns.
• Do not use an inflammable spray near the printer. Failure to follow may cause fire since there
is an area heating up within the printer.
• Pull the power plug out of the socket and contact with a customer's service centre when the
cover is unusually hot, smoking, giving off questionable odour, or making a strange noise.
There is a risk of fire.
• Pull the power plug out of the socket and contact with a customer's service centre when a
liquid such as water enters in the internal parts of the printer.
There is a risk of fire.
• Pull the power plug out of the socket and remove foreign materials such as clips when they fall
inside the printer.
There is a risk of getting an electric shock and/or causing fire leading to personal injury.
• Do not operate and/or disassemble the printer other than that which is directed in User's
Manual.
44043511TH Rev.2 55 /
• Do not block the vents on the printer.

• Do not place printer directly onto a carpet.
• Ensure printer has adequate ventilation.
• Keep printer way from sources of noise and magnetic fields.
• Do not install near a monitor or television.
• Please lift both sides when moving the printer.
• Since this printer has about 77kg of weight, please raise by three or more persons.
• Do not come closer to the paper's exit area when the power is turned on, and while in printing.
Doing so may result in personal injury.
Especially, explain the power cord and earth cable carefully.
44043511TH Rev.2 56 /
3.2 Printer Unpacking Procedure
Personal injuries may occur.
Each printer weighs about 77 kg. Lift them by three persons or more.
• Punch four handle holes out each on the side and lift the carton box.
Handle Holes
(each on side)
44043511TH Rev.2 57 /
3.3 Printer Installation Instructions

• Install a printer under the desired temperature and humidity condition:
Ambient Temperature : 10 to 32°C
Ambient Humidity : 20 to 80% relative humidity
Maximum Wet-Bulb Temperature : 25°C
• Take care not to allow dew condensation on printers.
• When installing printers in an area of which ambient humidity is 30% or less, use a humidifier
or antistatic mat.
Installation Space
• Place a printer on a flat table, which has an adequate space for printer legs.
• Have an adequate room around printer.
Top View
20cm or more
60cm or more 60cm or more
50cm or more
Side View
70cm
or more
44043511TH Rev.2 58 /
3.4 Packed Units and Attachments

• Check if the packed units are free of flaws and dirt.
• Check if there are no missed or damaged attachments.
• Should any defective or unusual conditions are found, contact the section in charge.
Each printer weighs about 77 kg. Lift them by three or more persons.
Printer (main body) Image drum is mounted in the printer
Toner cartridge (four sets)
Paper holder
Power cord
Core
Power Plug
Warranty and Registration card
Printer Software CD-ROM
Utility CD-ROM
Users Manuals
Note! No printer cables are included in printer packages.
44043511TH Rev.2 59 /
3.5 Assembly Procedure
3.5.1 Printer Main Body
Remove Protective Equipment
(1) Remove protection tapes on the side of printer (6 places), a sheet of paper, desiccant and
Pad-Guard-Stacker on the top.
Pad-Guard-Stacker
Desiccant
Protection tape Protection tape

(4 places) (2 places)
(2) Press down the open button to open the top cover.
(3) Pull out the protective equipment (8 places) and remove protection tapes.
(4) Remove the paper cassette.
(5) Remove the protective equipment inside the paper cassette.
Protective equipment (4 places)
Protective equipment
(4 places) Protection tape
Protection tape
Protective equipment
44043511TH Rev.2 60 /
Install a toner cartridge in the printer
(1) Open the top cover of printer and remove protection tapes; stoppers and toner cover which
are installed in the printer
Stopper
Toner cover
(orange)
(2) Shake the toner cartridge well and tear off the tape.
Tape
Toner cartridge
(3) Place the toner cartridge on the image drum cartridge, fitting a post into the hole.
Toner cartridge
Hole Post
44043511TH Rev.2 61 /
(4) Turn tightly the lever (blue) of toner cartridge toward the arrow direction.
Lever
(Blue)
(5) Close the top cover.
Place a paper holder on the printer
Paper holder
44043511TH Rev.2 62 /
Loading a Paper
For tray 1
(1) Slide out the tray 1
(2) Adjust to the desired paper size by an adjustment knob.
Reference: Same procedure for the tray 2, 3, 4 and 5 as of tray 1.
Paper
stopper
Knob
Tray 1
(3) Loosen the paper sufficiently and make sure their edge lined up.
(4) Place the paper facing down on the right side of tray 1.
Place the paper facing down
Paper stopper < Direction of the paper set >

Horizontal loading for Vertical loading for
A4, B5 and letters A4, B5 and letters
Adjustment
knob Paper
Paper
Tray Tray
Note! Both vertical and horizontal loading are possible for A4, B5 sized papers and
letters, but vertical loading only for the other sized of papers.
(5) Use an adjustment knob to adjust the size of papers.
(6) Place the tray 1 back to the printer.
44043511TH Rev.2 63 /
For Multipurpose Tray

After placing the sheet of papers on the multi-purpose tray, set up the size of paper on the
operating panel. “Horizontal loading for A4” has set up for factory-configured.
(1) Press down the lever on the right side of printer to open the multi-purpose tray.
Lever
(2) Open the paper supporter.
Paper supporter
(3) Adjust the paper guide to the paper width.
Paper guide
(4) Loosen the papers sufficiently and make sure their edges lined up.
44043511TH Rev.2 64 /
(5) Place the paper facing up-ward on the tray.
< Direction of the paper set >

Horizontal loading for Vertical loading for
A4, B5 and letters A4, B5 and letters
Paper Paper
Multi-purpose tray Multi-purpose tray
(6) Set up the size of multi-purpose tray on the operating panel.
Check if “Ready To Print”

appears on the screen. Ready To Print
C M Y K
Toner
Select “Menu” by Pressing the

Configration
button several times and
Print Information
press the Enter button . Print Secure Job
Menu
Admin Setup
Select “Paper Feed” by Menu

pressing the button Tray Configration
System Adjust
several times and press the
Enter button .
Select “MPTray Config” Paper Feed

by pressing the button Tray1 Config
several times. Tray5 Config
MPTray Config
Press Enter button . Paper Feed

Tray1 Config
Tray5 Config
MPTray Config
44043511TH Rev.2 65 /
Select “Paper Size” by pressing

the button several times MPTray Config
Paper Size
and press Enter button . Media Type
Media Weight
Select “Paper Size” by pressing

Paper Size
the button several times
Letter Short Edge
and press Enter button . Letter Long Edge
The illustration is an example Exective
Custom
of selecting Letter Long Edge.
Check if a “*” mark appears Paper Size

at the left side of “Letter Long Letter Short Edge
Edge” * Letter Long Edge
Exective
Custom
“Ready To Print” appears by

pressing the Online button Ready To Print
.
C M Y K
Toner
44043511TH Rev.2 66 /
3.5.2 Power Cable Connection

Conditions for Power Supplies
• The following conditions apply to the power supplies of printers:
Alternate Current (AC) : 100 V ±10%
Power Supply Frequency : 50, or 60 ±2 Hz
• For unstable power supplies, use voltage regulators etc.
• The maximum power consumptions of printers are 1,500 W. Be sure power supplies have
power supply capacities adequate for the printers.
It may expose you to electric shocks or cause a fire.
• Make sure to turn off printers before attaching and detaching power supply cords and
grounding wires to the printers. Keeping the power supply ON causes a fire or an electric
shock.
• Grounding wires must be connected to dedicated grounding terminals. No grounding wires
causes a fire or an electric shock. Consult with a dealer if grounding wires is impossible.
• Never connect the ground wires to water or gas pipes, or telephone grounds, lightning
conductors or other lines. They cause a fire, an electric shock or a gas explosion.
• Always hold a plug while inserting or removing the power supply cord. Damaged cord is a
result of pulling it, which causes a fire or an electric shock.
• Do not insert or pull out power supply plugs with wet hands. Make sure the power supply
cord is well inserted. Otherwise causes a fire or electric shock.
• Do not insert or pull out the power supply plugs with wet hands. It causes an electric shock.
• Do not step on the power supply cord or put the things on them. Otherwise damages the cord
and causes a fire and an electric shock.
• Do not tie the power supply cords in a bundle in use of the printer. It heats up and damages
the cord, which is a result of a fire and an electric shock.
• Do not use the damaged power supply cords. It causes a fire or an electric shock.
• Do not use star-burst connections for printers.
• Do not connect a printer to the same receptacle outlet being used for electrical equipment
other than the printer. Connecting a printer such a receptacle outlet, particularly being used
for air conditioning, copying or shredding equipment, may cause a malfunction in the printer
due to electrical noises. If a printer is connected to such a receptacle outlet by necessity, use
a commercially available noise filter or noise-cut transformer.
• Do not use the extension cords. Normal printer operation may not be attained if using an
extension cord due to the decreased AC voltage. If necessary, select the cord, which is rating
100 V, 15 A and more. Other types of cords cause a fire or an electric shock.
• Do not turn off the printer or pull out the power supply plugs while the printer are in use. It
causes of a broken down of printer or an electric shock.
• Please disconnect printers from the mains supply if they will not be used for an extended
period of time for safety.
• Use only those attached cord.
Using other types of cords cause a fire or an electric shock.
• Do not use an attached cord to other appliances due to a fire or an electric shock.
44043511TH Rev.2 67 /
Connect Power Supply Cord

Note! Be certain the power switch is placed in the OFF (O) position.
OFF
(1) Plug the power supply cord in the printer.
Power supply
cord
(2) Insert the power supply cord into the receptacle socket.
May cause an electric shock.
The connection of grounding wire is absolute.
44043511TH Rev.2 68 /
Press ON (I) of Power Switch
ON
“Ready To Print” appears on the panel when ready.
Ready To Print
C M Y K
Toner
44043511TH Rev.2 69 /
Turning off the Printer

Note! The internal hard disk may be damaged and unusable if the printer is switched off
immediately.
(1) Keep pressing the SHUT DOWN and RE-START button for more than 4 seconds.
(2) Press the OFF button where “COMPLETION OF SHUTDOWN/EITHER TURNING OFF
THE SWITCH OR RE-START” appears on the screen.
Turn off power

or
press RESTART button
OFF
Memo: Press the SHUT DOWN/RE-START button as the procedure (2) to re-start the
printer.
44043511TH Rev.2 70 /
3.5.3 Installation of Optional Components

(1) Extension Memory Installation
Install the extension memory to increase the memory space. Kinds of extension memory
are 256 and 512MB.
Note! • Reduce the degree of errors with adding extension memory when “memory over-
flow” or “ collate error” appears on.
• The limitcheck and VM errors when using a PS printer driver are thought to
be the lack of memory space. Adding the extension memory may reduce the
frequency of errors.
• Normal operation is not guaranteed if using extension memory other than OKI
Data genuine.
• Printing speed does not change after adding the extension memory.
1. Power off printer and remove power supply cord and printer cable.
Note! Installing options to printers while the printers are powered on may cause a
problem with the printers.
LAN cable
OFF Power supply cord
2. Loose 2 screws on the upper and lower area and open the gate side of printer.
Screws
(2 place)
Gate
44043511TH Rev.2 71 /
3. Before taking a memory out of bag, remove the electric static by bringing
the bag into contact with the metal part of printer.
4. Insert a memory into the slot until hearing the sound of “click”.
C910 C930
Slot Slot
Lock lever
Lock lever
Memory Memory
5. Check if a memory is held at the right and left of lock lever (blue color, 2
places).
C910 C930
Lock lever
Lock lever
6. Close the gate and tighten the screws (2 screws, upper and lower).
Screws (2 places)
44043511TH Rev.2 72 /
7. Plug in a power supply cord and a printer cable then press the power supply
button.
Print cable
ON
Power supply cord
8. Print the Menu Map to see if installed correctly.

Re-install if an error appears on the Menu Map.
9. Set up for the extension memory is done by a printer driver.

Do the reverse procedure from installation for removal.
44043511TH Rev.2 73 /
(2) Installation of Option Tray (Can hold large amount of papers)

Install the option tray where the number and kinds of papers need to be increased. Not only
option tray has one layer but three layers tray, which combine into one tray. It is possible for
option tray to install maximum of four layers, but five if the standard tray is included.
Second/third tray unit High capacity tray
Installed option trays are called tray 2,3,4 and 5 from top to bottom order.
Second tray unit Tray 1(standard)

Tray 2
Tray 3
Tray 4
High capacity tray Tray 5
LAN cable
44043511TH Rev.2 74 /
2. Put the bottom surface of printer on the tray 2 aligning the protrusion with
the cut on the bottom.
Note! The printer weighs about 77 kg. Lift it by three or more persons.
Cut on bottom
surface of printer
Protrusion
3. Plug the power supply cord and the printer cable in and switch on the
power supply.
Print cable
ON
Power supply cord
44043511TH Rev.2 75 /
4. Print a menu map to see if installed correctly.

Re-install if an error appears on the menu map.
C910
C930
5. Set up for the option tray by a printer driver.

44043511TH Rev.2 76 /
(3) Installation of Duplex-Unit

A duplex unit is used for printing both sides of papers.
Note! More memory is required for duplex-printing. Where the print speed become
slow, the memory space lacks, either set up the print-quality “clear” or “normal” or
installation of the extension memory are recommended.
Cover
Button
Lever
LAN cable
2. Hold a knob on the left side of printer.
Knob
44043511TH Rev.2 77 /
3. Open and remove the cover toward the direction seen in figure.
Memo: Keep it until the duplex-print unit is removed.
4. Make sure that the rail posts on both sides of duplex-print unit are locked.
Rail post Rail post
View from right side
Rail post
Rail post
View from left side
5. Insert the duplex-print unit into the printer from the left side of printer.
Insert it up to the interior firmly.
Rail post
Rail post viewed

Duplex-unit
from duplex unit side
power supply.
Print cable
ON
Power supply cord
44043511TH Rev.2 78 /

C910
C930
44043511TH Rev.2 79 /
8. Set up for duplex-print unit on the icon.
Removal of Duplex- Print Unit

1. Turn off the power.
OFF
2. Press down the lever on the right side of unit.
Lever
3. Hold the lever (both sides) and pull the unit until it stops. Remove it with holding
unit up-wards.
Duplex unit
Lever
Lever (2 place)
Lever
Memo: Install the cover, which is held in custody after the removal of duplex-print unit.
44043511TH Rev.2 80 /
(4) Installation of internal hard disk

Install the internal hard disk for the following cases.
- When authentication, validation, buffer printing and saving the data are necessary.
- When adding Adobe Type 1 is necessary
- When “Collate Error” appears
- When Print Job Accounting (option) is used.
Note! Contact with a maker for download application and compatibility prior to download
a font.
Memo The hard disk is divided into three partitions such as “PCL”, “Common” and “PS”,
and each partition size is allocated as below.
PCL 20%
Common 50%
PS 30%
LAN cable
2. Loose 2 screws on the upper and lower area and open the gate side of printer.
Screws
(2 place)
Gate
44043511TH Rev.2 81 /
3. Hold a lock lever of internal hard disk.

Lock lever
4. Set an internal hard disk fitting to "HDD" line.
C910 C930
Internal hard disk Internal hard disk
5. Fold the lock lever until hearing a sound of “click”.

C910 C930
Lock lever
Lock lever
6. Close the gate and tighten the screws (2 places).
C910 C930
Screws
(2 places) Screws
(2 places)
44043511TH Rev.2 82 /
power supply.
Print cable
ON
Power supply cord

C910
C930
1024
8e
9. Set up the internal hard disk by a printer driver.

44043511TH Rev.2 83 /
3.5.4 Checking of Optional-Component Recognition

Please refer to “3.6 Menu Map Printing” to print MenuMap to confirm that options are correctly
installed.
(1) Checking for Proper Extension Memory Recognition

Check Information Contained in MenuMap
Check the total memory size appearing at Total Memory Size on system information.
C910
C930
1024
8e
(2) Checking for Proper Second Tray Recognition

<Checking for Proper Second Tray Recognition>
Check Tray 2 is in the header part.
C910
C930
44043511TH Rev.2 84 /
(3) Checking for Proper Duplex Unit Recognition

<Checking for Proper Duplex Unit Recognition>
Check [Duplex printing : installed] is in the header of MenuMap.
C910
C930
44043511TH Rev.2 85 /
3.6 MenuMap Printing

Make sure that the printer operates normally.
(1) Place A4 sized papers on the tray.
(2) Check if [Ready To Print] appears on the map.
(3) Press the button several times and select [Print Information], then press ENTER .
(4) Press the button and select [Configuration] and press ENTER .
(5) Press the "ENTER" switch.
(Sample)
C910 C930
44043511TH Rev.2 86 /
3.7 How to Connect

(1) Procedure for LAN cable
1. Prepare the LAN cable.
< straight cable > < Core > < Hub >
2. Turn off the printer and personal computer.
OFF
3. As seen in figure below, make a circle with a straight cable, which is about
3cm from the connector of printer.
C10 C30
For printer For printer
3cm 3cm
For hub For hub
4. Connect a straight cable into the network interface connector of the printer.
5. Connect a straight cable into the hub.
Hub
Straight cable
44043511TH Rev.2 87 /
(2) USB Connection

1. Prepare a USB cable.
Note! • No cables are included with the product. Prepare a cable.
• A cable to be prepared must be a USB cable.
• For connecting the printer in USB 2.0 Hi-Speed mode, use a Hi-Speed USB
cable.
2. Power off printer and personal computer.

Memo: The USB cable can be plugged in and off with the printer powered on. For the
purpose of printer driver and USB driver installation to be performed later, power
off the printer.
OFF
3. Connect personal computer and printer.
(1) Plug a prepared USB cable in the USB interface connector of the printer.
(2) Plug the cable in the USB interface connector of the personal computer.
Note! Be careful not to plug the USB cable in the network interface connectors; a
problem with the printer may result.
USB interface connector
USB cable
44043511TH Rev.2 88 /
(3) Parallel Connection

1. Prepare a parallel cable.
2. Power off Printer and Personal Computer.
OFF
3. Connect Personal Computer and Printer.

(1) Connect a parallel cable into a parallel interface connector of printer and use
metal fittings to secure the cable.
(2) Connect a parallel cable into a parallel interface connector of PC and use screw
to secure the cable.
Metal fittings
Screw
Parallel cable
Screw
44043511TH Rev.2 89 /
3.8 Checking of User Paper

Load the paper in printers used by users, select the settings at MEIDA TYPE and MEDIA
WEIGHT and print MenuMap and Demo Page to check no occurrence of peeled off toner.
Setting values of the operation panel Setting *2 for

Types Weight [ Media weight] of the
Media weight Media type *1 printer driver
55 ~ 57Kg (64 ~ 67g/m2 ) Light Light
58 ~ 64Kg (68 ~ 74g/m )
2
Medium Light Medium Light
65 ~ 89Kg (75 ~ 104g/m ) 2
Medium Medium
90 ~ 103Kg (105 ~ 120g/m ) 2
Medium Heavy Medium Heavy
Plain paper* 104 ~ 110Kg (121 ~ 128g/m )
3 2
Heavy Plain Heavy
111 ~ 162Kg (129 ~ 188g/m ) 2
Ultra heavy 1 Ultra heavy 1
163 ~ 186Kg (189 ~ 216g/m ) 2
187 ~ 230Kg (217 ~ 268g/m ) 2
231 ~ 258Kg (269 ~ 300g/m ) 2
4
Postcard* - - - -
4
Envelope* - - - -
0.1mm ~ less than 0.17mm Heavy Label 1
Labels
0.17-0.2mm Ultra Heavy ~ Label 2
Transparency
- - Transparency Transparencyfilm
*5 film
*1 : [Plain] is set as the factory default of media type.

*2 : Media weight and type can be set by the operation panel and the printer driver. The
printer driver takes priority if it is set in the printer driver. Images are printed out by
the setting of the operation panel when [Auto selection] is set in [Feed tray] or [Printer
setting] is set in [Media weight].
*3 : The ream weight of the paper for duplex print is 70-103 kg (64-120g/m2). The ream
weight for A4, A3, Letter and tabloid is 70-182 kg (64-188g/m2).
*4 : It is unnecessary for postcards and envelopes to set media weight and type.
*5 : Only media type is set for transparency film. It is not required to set media weight.
Memo: Print speed decelerates when [Ultra Heavy] of media weight or [ Labels] ,
[Transparency] of media type is set.
44043511TH Rev.2 90 /
4. Parts Replacement
This section describes the parts in the field, assembly and the procedures to replace the parts,
assembly and unit. Note that only the disassembling procedures are described to replace parts.
To assemble parts, just follow the steps in reverse order of disassembling.
4.1 Precautions When Replacing Parts

(1) ALWAYS unplugging the AC cable and interface cables before replacing parts.
(a) ALWAYS perform the following procedures when unplugging the AC cable.
Press the shutdown button on the operator panel. When the printer is ready
to be powered off, turn off the power switch of the printer.
Unplug the AC inlet plug of the AC cable from the AC receptacle.
Unplug the AC cable and disconnect the interface cables from the printer.
Electric shock can occur.
When replacing the low voltage power supply, there is a danger of electric shock.
Be sure to wear an insulation gloves or do not touch the electrically conduction
areas or terminal directly by hand during the part replacement work.
It takes approx. 1 minute for capacitors to be completely discharged after the
AC power cord is disconnected. Be careful not to receive electric shock because
capacitors may not discharge in case if PCB is defective.
(b) ALWAYS perform the following procedures to reconnect the printer.

Connect the AC cable and interface cables to the printer.
Connect the AC inlet plug into the AC receptacle.
Turn ON “I” the power of the printer.
OFF
Removal
ON
Installation
(2) NEVER disassemble the printer when it is operating normally.

(3) When disassembling the Assy, disassemble only the minimum necessary. NEVER
remove any parts other than those indicated in the Parts Replacement Procedures.
(4) Only use designated Maintenance Tools.
(5) Disassemble the parts according to the order instructed. Failure to do so may result
in damaging the parts.
(6) Temporarily screw back on the screw, collar and other small parts on it’s original
location, to prevent losing these parts.
(7) NEVER wear gloves when handling the micro processor, ROM, RAM and other IC
parts or the circuit PCB, since gloves may generate static electricity.
(8) NEVER place the printer PCB directly on the unit or floor.
44043511TH Rev.2 91 /
[Maintenance Tools ]
The tools necessary to replace the printed circuit board (PCB) and unit are indicated in Table 4-1.
Table 4-1 Maintenance Tools
No. Maintenance Tools Quantity Purpose Remarks
1 No. 1-100 1 2-2.5 mm screw

+ Screw Driver
2 No. 2-200 1 3-5 mm screw

+ Magnetic Screw Driver
3 No. 3-100 Screw Driver 1
4 No. 5-200 Screw Driver 1
5 Digital Multimeter 1
6 Pliers 1
7 Portable Vacuum Cleaner 1 Refer to the

following
warning
8 LED Head Cleaner 1 LED Head Cleaner

P/N 4PB4083-2248P001
9 High Voltage Probe 1
10 Cut-Sheet Film 1 Paper Thickness

(Maintenance) Sensor for
Label 42404301 Adjustment
Transparency Sheet
11 - Micro-Driver 1 Paper Thickness

2.0mm for Adjustment
12 Nipper 1
Warning: Use a vacuum cleaner dealing with toner. Using a common vacuum cleaner may
cause fire.
44043511TH Rev.2 92 /
4.2 Parts Layout
MAIN
ViewA Next page
C910 Only
44043511TH Rev.2 93 /
600dpi
Air flow
1200dpi
Air Flow
Air Flow
ViewA
44043511TH Rev.2 94 /
Printer Unit - (120V/230V) (1/2)
See next page
44043511TH Rev.2 95 /
Printer Unit - (120V/230V) (2/2)
44043511TH Rev.2 96 /
Plate-Assy-Power_120V/230V
44043511TH Rev.2 97 /
Base-Assy (1/2)
44043511TH Rev.2 98 /
Base-Assy (2/2)
44043511TH Rev.2 99 /
Side-R-Assy
44043511TH Rev.2 100 /

Side-F-Assy
C910 Only
44043511TH Rev.2 101 /

Duct-Drive-Assy
44043511TH Rev.2 102 /

FDR-Unit-Regist
C
B
44043511TH Rev.2 103 /

FDR-Unit-MPT
44043511TH Rev.2 104 /

Eject-Assy
44043511TH Rev.2 105 /

Plate-Top-Assy
44043511TH Rev.2 106 /

Job-Offset-Assy
44043511TH Rev.2 107 /

Basket-Assy
44043511TH Rev.2 108 /

4.3 Parts Replacement Method

This section describes the procedures to replace the parts and assembly indicated in the
disassembly diagram.
C910 Cover-Rear / Cover-Side(R) / Cover-Side(R) Rear (4.3.1)
Cover-Side(L) / Cover Assy-Front (4.3.2)
Stacker Assy-FU (4.3.3)
Cover Assy-OP Panel / OP Board (4.3.5)

Cover-Guard(R) / Cover-
Guard(Front) / Cover-
Guard(L) (4.3.4)
Cover Assy-Top (4.3.6)
FAN-PCB-Assy / CU-Board-Assy / S2X-PU-Board (4.3.7)
Job-Offset-Assy 723 / Plate Top Assy (4.3.9)

Basket-Assy (4.3.8)
Eject-Assy (4.3.10)
Motor-Pulse-Belt / Sensor-Regist-Assy (4.3.11)
FDR Unit-MPT (4.3.12) FDR Unit-Regist (4.3.13)
Duct-Assy (4.3.14) HV-Assy (4.3.15)
Power Unit (4.3.16)
Low Voltage Power Source Assy and Motor-FAN (4.3.17)
Belt-Assy (4.3.18)
Fuser Unit-LBT (4.3.19)
Unit-Duplex (4.3.20)
Paper Feed Roller (4.3.21)
44043511TH Rev.2 109 /

4.3.1 Cover-Rear, Cover-Side (R), and Cover-Side (R) Rear
(1) Open Cover Assy-Top .
(2) Unscrew the 5 screws , then remove Cover-Rear .
(3) Unscrew the 2 screws , then remove Cover-Side (R) with it warped.
(4) Unscrew the screws , then remove Cover-Side (R) Rear .
44043511TH Rev.2 110 /

4.3.2 Cover-Side (L) and Cover Assy-Front
(2) Unscrew the 4 screws , then remove the Cover-Side (L) .
(3) Open the Cover Assy-Front by 90°, unscrew the 2 screws , then slide the Assy
to the side and remove.
44043511TH Rev.2 111 /

4.3.3 Stacker Assy-FU
(2) Open Stacker Assy-FU , then remove the 2 stoppers . Push these to one side,
remove the post, then remove the Stacker Assy-FU .
(3) Open the Stacker Assy-FU . Move the two stoppers sideways and take them
off. Remove the Stacker Assy-FU .
44043511TH Rev.2 112 /

4.3.4 Cover Assy-OP Panel, Cover-Guard (R), Cover-Guard (Front) and Cover-Guard (L)
(1) Open Cover Assy-Top , then lift Basket-Assy .
(2) Remove Cover Assy-OP Panel from its supporting point.
(3) Unscrew screw , remove the hinges, and then remove Cover-Guard (R) .
(4) Unscrew 2 screws , then remove Cover-Guard (Front) .
(5) Unscrew 2 screw , then remove the 2 hinges and remove the Cover-Guard (L) .
44043511TH Rev.2 113 /

4.3.5 OP PCB
(1) Remove the Cover Assy-OP Panel. (Refer to Section 4.3.4)
(2) Remove Cover-OP Panel from Frame-OP-Panel .
(3) Unscrew the 2 screws , then remove hinge (R) and Cover Hinge (R) .
(4) Unscrew 2 screws , then remove the Hinge (L) , Cover-Hinge (L) and Plate-
Shield (OP) .
(5) Remove Cover-LCD , Button-key , and Lens-LED , then remove the OP PCB
.
44043511TH Rev.2 114 /

4.3.6 Cover Assy-Top
(2) Unscrew screw , then remove the Cover-Duct (L) .
(3) Unscrew 8 screws , then remove the 3 hinges and the Cover Assy-Top .
44043511TH Rev.2 115 /

4.3.7 FAN-PCB-Assy, CU-Board-Assy and S2X/S2V-PU-Board
(1) Open the Cover Assy-Top.
(2) Remove the covers concerned. (Refer to Section 4.3.1)
(3) Remove the connector, then Remove FAN-PCB-Assy .
(4) Unscrew the screws, remove the Plate-Shield-Assy , then remove the connector.
(5) Unscrew 8 screws , then remove CU-Board-Assy .
(6) Disconnect all 17 Connectors, then unscrew 4 screws , and remove S2X-PU-Board .
(7) Unscrew 9 screws , remove the Plate-Shield-Box-Assy , then remove all the con-
nectors.
44043511TH Rev.2 116 /

4.3.8 Job-Offset-Assy 723 and Basket-Assy
(2) Unscrew screw , remove Frame-Duct , then remove the connector (remove the
connector through the shaft)
(3) Remove the 2 hinges, then remove the Job-Offset-Assy , and disconnect the con-
nector.
(4) Unscrew 2 screws , then remove the 2 hinges, and remove the Cover Assy-Top (Sub)
.
(5) Remove the six screws of the Guide-Link-R and the three screws of the Guide-
Link-L. Remove the Plate-Top and the Basket Assy with their interlock.
(6) Remove the 2 hinges, then remove the Cover Assy-Top (Sub) .
(7) Remove the Side Cover (L) Rear .
(8) Remove the E-ring , unscrew 2 screws , then remove the Plate-Support (Top) ,
Collar , Shaft-Top (A) , Spring-Torsion-Top (L) , Spring-Torsion-Top (B) .
(9) Unscrew 3 screws , then remove the Gear-Assy-L .
(10) Unscrew 3 screws , then remove Gear-Assy-R .
(11) Remove the Waste toner Assy tube , then remove Basket-Assy .
44043511TH Rev.2 117 /

Plate-Top
44043511TH Rev.2 118 /

4.3.9 Plate Top Assy
(1) Remove Job-Offset-Assy 723/Basket-Assy. (Refer to Section 4.3.6)
(2) Lift back Plate-Top Assy .
(3) Lift forward Plate-Top Assy , then unscrew 3 screws and remove Plate-Dumper-
Assy (R) .
(4) Unscrew 3 screws , then remove Plate-Dumper-Assy (L) .
(5) Remove Shaft-Top , Spring-Torsion-BAS (L) , and Spring-Torsion-Top-R , then

remove Plate-Top Assy .
44043511TH Rev.2 119 /

4.3.10 Eject-Assy
(1) Remove the 7 hinges then remove Cover-Board .
(2) Remove the 13 connectors, and unscrew the 2 screws . Then remove the 3 hinges
and remove the Eject-Assy .
44043511TH Rev.2 120 /

4.3.11 Motor-Pulse-Belt and Sensor-Resist-Assy
(1) Unscrew the 2 screws , then remove the 4-pin connector and remove the Motor-
Pulse-Belt .
(2) Unscrew 7 screws , then remove the 3 connectors (2-pin, 14-pin, 3-pin), and re-
move the Sensor-Resist-Assy .
44043511TH Rev.2 121 /

4.3.12 FDR Unit-MPT
(2) Remove the Cover and remove the two connectors (Pin 10 and Pin 3).
(3) Open the FDR Unit-MPT and remove the two screws fastening the stays on
both sides.
(4) Further open the FDR Unit-MPT and remove the FDR Unit-MPT from the sup-
port in two places.
44043511TH Rev.2 122 /

4.3.13 FDR Unit-Resist
(1) Remove the FDR Unit-MPT. (Refer to Section 4.3.12)
(2) Unscrew the 4 screws and disconnect connector , then remove Plate Assy-MPT
Lock .
(3) Open the Cover-Guide-1st-Assy in the arrow direction.
(4) Unscrew 2 screws , then remove FDR Unit-Resist .
44043511TH Rev.2 123 /

4.3.14 Duct Assy
(1) Remove the hinge, then remove Cover-Middle .
(2) Remove the hinge, then remove Guide Tube (L) .
(3) Unscrew 2 screws , then remove Duct-Assy-Toner .
(4) Unscrew screw , then remove Gear-Duct-B-Assy .
(5) Unscrew screw , then remove Gear-Duct-ID Assy .
(6) Unscrew 6 screws , then remove Duct-Drive-Assy .
44043511TH Rev.2 124 /

4.3.15 HV-Assy
(1) Open the Cover Assy-Top, then remove the Belt-Assy.
(2) Remove the Cover-Middle. (Refer to Section 4.3.14)
(2) Unscrew screw , then remove Cover-HV-Assy .
(3) Remove the 2 connectors and unscrew the 2 screws , then remove HV-Assy .
(4) Remove the 2 hinges, then remove Bracket-HV-Assy .
44043511TH Rev.2 125 /

4.3.16 Power Unit
(1) Remove the Cover-Rear. (Refer to Section 4.3.1)
(2) Unscrew the 12 screws , disconnect all connectors, pull out the lever then remove
the Power Unit .
Lever
× 14
When installing a power supply

Do not push the cable upward,
unit, lay the cable at the top of
or allow slack in it above the
the power unit in the shape as
partition.
shown.
44043511TH Rev.2 126 /

4.3.17 Low Voltage Power Source Assy and Motor-FAN
Electric shock can occur.
When replacing the low voltage power supply, there is a danger of electric shock.
Be sure to wear an insulation gloves or do not touch the electrically conduction areas or
terminal directly by hand during the part replacement work.
It takes approx. 1 minute for capacitors to be completely discharged after the AC power cord is
disconnected. Be careful not to receive electric shock because capacitors may not discharge in
case if PCB is defective.
(1) Remove the Power Unit. (Refer to Section 4.3.16)
(2) Unscrew the 3 screws , then remove the low Voltage Power Source Assy , and
Film-Insulation .
(3) Unscrew the 2 screws , then remove the connector and Motor-FAN .
Held properly (by housing) Held improperly

(pressing or pressing impeller)
Impeller
44043511TH Rev.2 127 /

4.3.18 Belt-Assy
(1) Open the Cover Assy-Top .
(2) Remove ID Unit .
(3) Lift up the 2 lock levers toward the arrow, then remove the Belt-Assy .
Remove Belt-Assy by lifting handle , then remove along with handle .
44043511TH Rev.2 128 /

4.3.19 Fuser Unit-LBT
(2) Lift the lock lever toward the arrow, then remove the Fuser Unit-LBT .
Lock lever
44043511TH Rev.2 129 /

4.3.20 Unit-Duplex
(1) While opening the lever, draw out the Unit-Duplex .
Lever
44043511TH Rev.2 130 /

4.3.21 Paper Feed Roller
(1) Open the tray 1 side cover and the paper guide .
(2) Pull out Tray .
(3) Pull outward the latches of the 3 paper feed rollers , and remove from the shaft.
Latch
44043511TH Rev.2 131 /

4.3.22 MPT Feed Roller
(1) Open the Multipurpose Tray , push the lever in the arrow direction and remove the
Multipurpose Tray .
(2) Remove the cover .
(3) While opening the claw of the Feed Roller outward, slide the roller to the left and
remove it.
(4) Open the cover .
(5) While opening the claw of the Feed Roller outward, slide the roller to the left and
remove it.
Lever
Lever
44043511TH Rev.2 132 /

5. Adjustment
The printer is adjusted by key operation on the Maintenance Utility and the Operator Panel.
Select the menu according to the items to adjust and the purpose of adjustment.
5.0 System Maintenance Menu

This menu is launched by turning on the power source while keeping the [Menu+]+[Menu-]+[Help]
switches pressed.
The menu display is only available in English regardless of destination.
Note • This menu can be modified according to the destination, etc. Therefore, it is not
open (closed) to the end user.
• C910 needs password to enter the System Maintenance Menu. Default is "000000".
Do not reset the OKIUSER Setting of the C930 Series.

Caution
Resetting OKIUSER resets settings made in it, including its model name and server
name. When the OKIUSER menu has been entered on it, press the Return button
to exit from the menu.
Table 5-0. Maintenance Menu Display Table (1/2)

Category Item Value DF Old Menu Function Vailid Save
System OKI USER ODA * "SYSTEM Set the destination. RB -
Maintenance OEL MAINTENANCE JPOEM1: Japan OEM
APS MENU" - OEMA : A4 Default Overseas OEM
JP1 "OKIUSER" - OEML : Letter Default Overseas OEM
JPOEM1 "OKIUSER" Automatically reboot after escaping
OEMA from the menu.
OEML The default value for non-PS
models is JP1.
Maintenance NEXT This displays the menu to initialize
Menu the harddisk and Flash ROM.
Maintenance Enable This switches whether to Show/ ET -
Print Menu Disable * Hide the "Print Information" – "ID
Check Pattern" and "Engine Status"
of the Function Menu. If this item
is disabled, the "Print Information"
– "ID Check Pattern" and "Engine
Status" of the Function Menu is
never displayed.
The printer is restarted after the
settings are modified and escaping
from the menu.
Print Page Enable "SYSTEM This sets whether to Show/Hide ET -
Count Disable * MAINTENANCE the display of the "Functions"-
MENU" - "PAGE "Configuration" - "Print Page
CNT PRINT" - Count"-"Total Page".
"PAGE CNT PRINT"
Personality NEXT This displays the menu to edit the
default PDL language supported
according to destination.
Change NEXT
Password
Diagnostic "SYSTEM This goes to the engine’s self- ET -
Mode MAINTENANCE diagnosis mode.
MENU"-
"DIAGNOSTIC
MODE XX.XX"
44043511TH Rev.2 133 /

Table 5-0. Maintenance Menu Display Table (2/2)
Category Item Value DF Old Menu Function Vailid Save

Maintenance Format HDD Execute - "SYSTEM Initialize the HDD. When executed it ET -
Menu MAINENANCE will escape from the menu and start
MENU" – initializing the HDD.
"MAINTENANCE
[Display Condition]
MENU" – "HDD
• Mount HDD ("Boot Menu"-
INITIALIZE"
"Storage Setup"- "Enable
Initialization "Enable, "Boot
Menu"-"Storage Setup"-"Enable
HDD" Yes)
FormatFlash Execute - "SYSTEM This displays the menu to initialize ET -
ROM MAINENANCE the Flash ROM.
MENU"- * Do not use this Menu.
"MAINTENANCE
MENU" – "FLASH
INITIALIZE"
Reset Execute - "SYSTEM This resets the EEPROM details to RB -
EEPROM MAINENANCE the factory preset (factory default)
MENU"- value. It automatically reboots after
"MAINTENANCE the settings are made and applied.
MENU" –"MENU * Some special items are not
RESET" initialized.
Personality IBM5577 Enable Changes the default PDL language RB
Disable *JE supported according to the
IBM PPRIII Enable *E "SYSTEM destination.The PDL language RB -
XL Disable *J MAINENANCE disabled from this menu will no
MENU"- longer be displayed on the "Print
"PERONALITY" – Setup" – "Personality" of the
"IBM PPR III XL" Function menu. When receiving print
EPSONFX Enable *E "SYSTEM data in the disabled PDL language, RB -
Disable *J MAINENANCE display "INVALID DATA" and
MENU"- dispose the incoming data. (HP-
"PERONSALITY"– GL/2 is currently under development
"EPSON fx" and there are no plans scheduled
HP-GL/2 Enable "SYSTEM for application for the product). RB -
Disable *JE MAINENANCE PDF requires Adobe Postscript,
MENU"- therefore, it is not possible to turn
"PERSONALITY" PDF ON/OFF by itself (if Adobe
– "hp-gl/2" Postscript is DISABLED, the PDF
Function will also be DISABLED).
It is not possible to DISABLE Adobe
Postscript and PDF with PX711/713.
(It shall be usually used in the
ENABLE state. Though DISABLE
is set the incoming data will still be
processed. It has been incorporated
for future extension purposes.)
Change New ********** - Sets a new password to enter ET
Password Password ** “System Maintenance” menu.
From 6 to 12 digits of number or
Roman character can be enter.
Verify ********** - Makes User input the new password ET
Password ** to enter “System Maintenance”
menu which is set by “New
Password” for confirmation.
From 6 to 12 digits of number or
Roman character can be enter.
During the Engine Self-Diagnosis Mode, switch operations and the LCD display is instructed by the
engine firmware, therefore, it will vary from the specifications of the controller firmware operations.
Note that the Engine Self-Diagnosis Mode can also be executed in the state with the controller
PCD removed.
For details, accordingly refer to the Engine Specifications Manual.
44043511TH Rev.2 134 /

5.0.1 ID Check Pattern Print (“TEST PRINT MENU” Item)

This pattern can be used to investigate the cause (plain identification of problem or check cycle
of problem) resulting from the ID or LED head. CMYK are each composed of a 20% duty pattern.
(printing 2 sheets)
Test pattern printing procedure
1. Choose the "Maintenance Print Menu" in the System Maintenance Menu and
then choose "Enable." Reboot the printer.
2. Press "Menu " button once to display "Function Menu" and choose "Print
Information" and then "ID Check Pattern."
• Vertical Black/White Lines (Vertical Black/White Lines)
• Vertical Black/White Band (Vertical Black/White Band)
• Horizontal Black/White Lines (Horitzontal Black/White Lines)
• Horizontal Black/White Band (Horitzontal Black/White Band)
Print pattern (Print Pattern):
Page.1 Page.2
Y M+Y M C K
Y
M+Y
5.0.2 Maintenance Utility

Using the Maintenance Utility, the adjustments shown in Table 5-0-2 are made.
For details on the Maintenance Utility, see below.
(1) Maintenance Utility Operations Manual: 42678801FU01 Rev. 22 or later (Japanese)

42678801FU02 Rev. 22 or later (English)
(2) The Maintenance Utility programs are available as below.
* The programs are downloaded from the FTP server for manuals.
(The server is accessible to people in charge of Windows and manuals.)
Applicable OS Filename Product code
Win9x/Me/NT/2000/XP (Japanese/English) MuWin.zip 42678801FW02 Rev. 17 or later
44043511TH Rev.2 135 /

Table 5-0-2 Maintenance Utility Adjustment Items (1/2)
Operation of Operator
Section No. in
Panel (corresponding
Item Adjustment Operatations
to section No. in
Manual
service manual)
1 PU (S2X) PCB Copies EEPROM of the PU PCB. Copies the 2.4.1.1.1 NA
replacement LED head correction data.*1 2.4.2.1.1
Purpose: Copy the data above to another when copying
PU PCB, when the current PCB has to be LED head
replaced for maintenance. correction cata
2 PU serial No. setting Rewrites the printer serial No. stored in the PU. 2.4.1.1.22 NA
Purpose: Set the number on a maintenance
PCB when the EEPROM of the PU PCB
cannot be copied (e.g., I/F error). After the
serial number of a printer is rewritten with
new one, Factorydefault should be executed
to reflect the new one on the HDD of the
printer’s CU. See section 5.2.7 for executing
FactoryDefault.
3 Factory/Shipping Switches between the Factory mode and the 2.4.1.1.2.3 Factory mode setting
mode Shipping mode. 2.4.1.2.2 of the self diagnosis
Purpose: Set the mode on a maintenance level 1
PCB when the EEPROM of the PU PCB
cannot be copied (e.g., I/F error). The
maintenance PCB is set in the Factory
mode by default and it has to be set into the
Shipping mode using this function.
4 Setting of sensitivity Sets the correction value for the sensitivity of Prohibited. Prohibited.
correction of color the density sensor for color printing.
density sensor
[Prohibited]
5 LED head correction Writes in the LED head correction data. 2.4.2.1.2.1 NA
data download *1 Purpose: Download correction data
prepared externally to the printer when the
head (diagram No.42631901) doesn't have
EEPROM for correction.
CU (ARC/SPA) PCB Rewrites the EEPROM settings of the CU 2.4.1.1.3 NA
replacement PCB.
Purpose: Copy the EEPROM data to another
CU PCB, when the current PCB has to be
replaced for maintenance.
6 Serial No. Rewrites the printer serial No. selection, 2.4.1.1.4.3 NA
information setting output mode, and printer serial No. stored in
the CU.
7 Asset No. setting Rewrites the asset No. stored in the CU. 2.4.1.1.4.4 NA
Purpose: Set the number on a maintenance
PCB when the EEPROM of the CU PCB
cannot be copied (e.g., I/F error).
8 PCB setting Displays the serial No. information and 2.4.1.1.7 NA
information Factory/Shipping mode.
9 USB software Updates the USB software. 2.4.2.2.1 NA
update
10 NIC software update Updates the NIC software. 2.4.2.2.2 NA
11 NIC Web Page Updates the NIC Web Page. 2.4.2.2.3 NA
update
12 MAC address setting Sets the MAC address. 2.4.2.2.4 NA
13 Supplies counter Copies the supplies counters. 2.4.1.2.1 NA
maintenance Drum counter (Y, M, C & K)
function Fuser counter
Belt counter
Toner counter (Y, M, C & K)
44043511TH Rev.2 136 /

Table 5-0-2 Maintenance Utility Adjustment Items (2/2)
Operation of Operator
Section No. in
Panel (corresponding
Item Adjustment Operatations
to section No. in
Manual
service manual)
14 Correction of paper Performs correction of the sensitivity of paper 2.4.1.2.5 Paper thickness
thickness detection thickness detection. detection sensitivity
sensitivity correction of the self
diagnosis level 1
15 LED head correction Swaps the retained LED head correction data 2.4.2.2.6.1 NA
data swap *1 within the printer.
Purpose: Swap data, when LED heads need
to be interchanged within a printer.
16 LED head correction Writes in the LED head correction data. 2.4.2.2.6.2 NA
data download *1 Purpose: Download correction data
prepared externally to the printer when the
head (diagram No.42631901) doesn't have
EEPROM for correction.
17 LED head serial No. Displays the LED head serial No. 2.4.2.2.6.3 LED head
display *1 information display
of the self diagnosis
level 1
18 Destination/PnP Sets/displays the destination of the printer 2.4.1.2.9 5.2.4
information setting (CU), device ID and USB ID.
19 Password Initializes passwords for administrator and 2.4.2.2.10 NA
initialization printing count.
20 Supplies counter Displays the current supplies counter 2.4.1.3.1 NA
display reading. no function EFI
21 Menu setting Displays the settings of the menu of the 2.4.1.3.2 Menu map printing
confirmation printer (CU). no function EFI (See the user's
manual.)
22 Printer information Displays the MAC address of the printer and 2.4.1.3.3 Menu map printing
confirmation F/W versions. no function EFI (See the user's
manual.)
23 On-board CPU/ Displays the information on the CPU installed 2.4.1.3.4 Menu map printing
memory value in the printer and on the on-board memory. no function EFI (See the user's
confirmation manual.)
24 Test printing Executes a local printing function and 2.4.1.4.1 Local printing
transmits the specified file. (See the system
Purpose: Check the performance of the specification.)
printer alone and transmit a downloaded file.
25 Engine parameter Sets the engine parameters 2.4.1.5.8 Engine parameter
setting setting of the self
diagnosis level 4
*1 There are restrictions on the functions.

Note! The operation or setting marked with [Prohibited] shall not be performed to avoid malfunction.
44043511TH Rev.2 137 /

5.1 Maintenance Menu and Its Function
5.1.1 Maintenance Menu
5.1.2 Engine Maintenance Mode

Engine maintenance mode is a media conveyor mode that assists confirmation of the basic
operations of the check and print system.
5.1.2.1 Operation Panel

Instructions on self-diagnosis operations is based on the following Operation Panel layout, as a
prerequisite.
44043511TH Rev.2 138 /

5.1.2.2 Regular Self-Diagnosis Mode (Level 1)

The Regular Self-Diagnosis Mode menu is as follows.
• SWITCH SCAN
• MOTOR & CLUTCH TEST
• TEST PRINT
• REG ADJ TEST
• DENSITY ADJ TEST
• DENSITY CALIBRATION
• MEDIA WEIGHT ADJ PA
• FACTORY MODE SET
• SENSOR SETTING
• DRUM 1/N ROTATION
• CONSUMABLE STATUS
• PRINTER STATUS
• LED HEAD DATA
• GRAPHIC PANEL ADJUST
5.1.2.2.1 How to Enter Self-Diagnosis Mode (Level 1)

1. Press the [MENU+], [MENU-] and [HELP] keys at the same time when turning ON
the power to go to the System Maintenance Mode.
2. Press the [MENU+] and [MENU-] key until the “Diagnostic Mode” is displayed.
DIAGNOSTIC MODE
XX.XX.XX S-MODE
3. “Diagnostic Mode XX.XX.XX” appears on the LCD panel. The XX.XX.XX stands
for the version of the ROM. At the bottom right the setting of the “Factory Working
Mode” is displayed. This is usually “S-MODE”.
4. Press the [MENU+] or [MENU-] key to go to each self-diagnostic step. (The menu
item rotates by pressing the [MENU+] or [MENU-] keys)
44043511TH Rev.2 139 /

5.1.2.2.2 Escape from Self-Diagnosis Mode

1. Turn OFF the power then re-turn it ON after 10 seconds.
SWITCH SCAN
5.1.2.3 Switch Scan Test

This self-diagnosis is used to check the input sensor and switch.
1. Keep the [MENU+] and [MENU-] keys pressed until [SWITCH SCAN] appears at the
top of the display and operations goes into the regular diagnosis mode. (The [MENU+]
key = Increment Test Item / the [MENU-] key = Decrement Test Item.)
2. The following message appears by pressing [ENTER]
SWITCH SCAN
PAPER ROUTE: PU
3. Keep the [MENU+] and [MENU-] keys pressed until the item that applies to the unit
to test from Table 5-1-1 appears, at the top of the display.
Press the [MENU+] and [MENU-] keys. The [MENU+] key = Increment Test Item /
the [MENU-] key = Decrement Test Item.
PAPER ROUTE: PU
1=H 2=L 3=H 4=L
4. The test is started by pressing the [ENTER] key. The top of the display starts blinking
and the applicable unit number (1-4) and the current state appears.
Operate each unit (Figure 5-1). Display the operations on each respective applicable
LCD area. (The display varies according to each sensor. For details refer to Table
5-1-1.)
5. Press the [CANCEL] or [BACK] key to return to state 2.
6. Accordingly repeat Steps 2 to 4.
7. To end the test press the [BACK] key. (Return to state 1)
44043511TH Rev.2 140 /

No5-1 Stacker Full FD SNS
No10-4 (C) No10-3 (M) No10-2 (Y) No10-1 (K)
No5-4 JobOffset HP SNS
44043511TH Rev.2
No4-3 Cover Face Up
No4-2 Cover Left Upper No5-3 15-3 Cover MPT

Job off Paper Back End SNS
1-4 Exit SNS 6-4 Media Weight SNS

No5-2 12-2 8-1 Hum SNS, 8-2 Temp SNS
Stacker Full FU SNS Paper Slack SNS
16-1 MPT Hopping SNS
No32-1
Dup IN1 SNS
15-1 MPT PE SNS
15-2 MPT PE SNS2
4-1 Cover Upper

12-4 Waste Toner Hole IC
Density SNS 12-3 Belt Hole IC
6-1,2 Alignment L,R SNS 1-3 WR SNS
13-2 Disposal toner box 16-2 MPT Home SNS
12-1 Fuser Release SNS
1-2 IN2 SNS
32-2
Dup R SNS 32-3 Dup F SNS
33-1 Dup IN2 SNS
17-3 Cover Open 1st SW
18-2 1stLifter SNS

17-1 1stPaper END SNS
17-2 1stPaper Near END SNS 1-1 IN1 SNS
18-3 1stFeed SNS

No19-1~No19-4
1stPaper Size SW 18-1 1stHopping SNS
20-3 Cover Open 2nd SW

21-2 2ndLifter SNS
20-1 2ndPaper END SNS
20-2 2ndPaper Near END SNS
21-3 2ndFeed SNS

No22-1~No22-4
1stPaper Size SW 21-1 2ndHopping SNS
Figure 5-1 Location of Switching Sensor
141 /
Table 5-1-1 Switch Scan Details

Top of the 1 2 3 4
No.
Display Detail Display Detail Display Detail Display Detail Display
1 PAPER ROUTE IN1 Sns H:OFF IN2 Sns H:OFF WR Sns H:OFF Exit Sns H:OFF
: PU L:ON L:ON L:ON L:ON
2 PAPER ROUTE IN1 Sns H:OFF IN2 Sns H:OFF WR Sns H:OFF
: SUB L:ON L:ON L:ON
3 TONER SENS Toner-K Sns H:ON Toner-Y Sns H:ON Toner-M Sns H:ON Toner-C Sns H:ON
L:OFF L:OFF L:OFF L:OFF
4 COVER UP_LU_FU Cover-Upper H:Open Cover-Left Up- H:Open Cover-Face Up H:Open
L:Close per L:Close L:Close
5 STKF_FD_FU Stacker Full H:Full Stacker Full H:Full Job Offset H:ON JobOffset H:ON
JOBOFFHOME Sns (Face L:Empty Sns (Face up) L:Empty Paper-End Sns L:OFF Home Position L:OFF
down) Sns
6 REG L/R_ Aligment-Left- AD Value: Aligment-Right- AD Value: Media Weigt- Frequency
DENS_WEIGHT Sns ***H Sns ***H Sns
7 HEATER THERMIS- Upper-Center- AD Value: Lower-Center- AD Value: Upper-Side- AD Value: Detect-ambient AD Value:
TER Thermister ***H Thermister ***H Thermister ***H temperature- ***H
Thermister
8 HUM_TEMP_OHP Hum Sns AD Value: Temperture- AD Value: OHP Sns AD Value:
***H Sns ***H ***H
9 ID UP/DOWN ID UpDown H:Up
Sns L:Down
10 RFID COLOR Toner-K pres- UID:****H Toner-Y pres- UID:****H Toner-M pres- UID:****H Toner-C pres- UID:****H
ence ence ence ence
11 DRUM PHASE SNS K-Drum Phase Port Level Y-Drum Phase Port Level M-Drum Phase Port Level C-Drum Phase Port Level
KYMC Sns H, L Sns H, L Sns H, L Sns H, L
12 F-RLS SLK BLT DT- Fuser Release H:ON Paper Slack H:ON Belt Hole IC H:ON Waste Toner H:ON
DCT Sns L:OFF Sns L:OFF L:OFF Hole IC L:OFF
13 DISTNR Disposal toner H:ON Disposal toner H:Not
FULL_BOX_BOXSP full L:OFF box installed
L:Installed
14 TNR SPLY SNS K-Toner Supply Port Level Y-Toner Supply Port Level M-Toner Sup- Port Level C-Toner Supply Port Level
KY_MC Sns H, L Sns H, L ply Sns H, L Sns H, L
15 MPT PE_ MPT-Paper- Port Level MPT-Paper- H:ON Cover-MPT H:Open
PE_PE2_CV0 End Sns H, L End Sns 2 L:OFF L:Close
16 MPT HOP_HOME MPT-Hopping H:ON MPT Home H:Open
Sns L:OFF Position Sns L:Close
17 TRAY1 PE_ 1st-Paper-End Port Level 1st-Paper- Port Level Cover-1st H:Open
PNE_CVO Sns H, L Near-End Sns H, L L:Close
18 TRAY1 HOP_LIFT 1st-Hopping Port Level 1st-Lifter Sns Port Level 1st-Feed Sns Port Level
Sns H, L H, L H, L
19 TRAY1 CASETTE 1st-Paper Port Level 1st-Paper Port Level 1st-Paper Port Level 1st-Paper Port Level
SIZE Size-1 Sw H, L Size-2 Sw H, L Size-3 Sw H, L Size-4 Sw H, L
20 TRAY2 2nd-Paper-End Port Level 2nd-Paper- Port Level Cover-Open- Port Level
PE_PNE_CVO Sns H, L Near-End Sns H, L 2nd Sw H, L
21 TRAY2 2nd-Hopping Port Level 2nd-Lifter Sns Port Level 2nd-Feed Sns Port Level
HOP_LIFT_FEED Sns H, L H, L H, L
22 TRAY2 CASETTE 2nd-Paper Port Level 2nd-Paper Port Level 2nd-Paper Port Level 2nd-Paper Port Level
23 TRAY3 3rd-Paper-End Port Level 3rd-Paper- Port Level Cover-Open- Port Level
PE_PNE_CVO Sns H, L Near-End Sns H, L 3rd Sw H, L
24 TRAY3 3rd-Hopping Port Level 3rd-Lifter Sns Port Level 3rd-Feed Sns Port Level
25 TRAY3 CASETTE 3rd-Paper Port Level 3rd-Paper Port Level 3rd-Paper Port Level 3rd-Paper Port Level
26 TRAY4 4th-Paper-End Port Level 4th-Paper- Port Level Cover-Open- Port Level
PE_PNE_CVO Sns H, L Near-End Sns H, L 4th Sw H, L
27 TRAY4 4th-Hopping Port Level 4th-Lifter Sns Port Level 4th-Feed Sns Port Level
28 TRAY4 CASETTE 4th-Paper Port Level 4th-Paper Port Level 4th-Paper Port Level 4th-Paper Port Level
29 TRAY5 5th-Paper-End Port Level 5th-Paper- Port Level Cover-Open- Port Level
PE_PNE_CVO Sns H, L Near-End Sns H, L 5th Sw H, L
30 TRAY5 5th-Hopping Port Level 5th-Lifter Sns Port Level 5th-Feed Sns Port Level
31 TRAY5 CASETTE 5th-Pape Port Level 5th-Paper Port Level 5th-Paper Port Level 5th-Pape Port Level
SIZE rSize-1 Sw H, L Size-2 Sw H, L Size-3 Sw H, L Size-4 Sw H, L
32 DUP INS_ Dup-In Sns Port Level Dup-Rear Sns Port Level Dup-Front Sns Port Level
REAR_FRONT H, L H, L H, L
33 DUP Dup-Stack Sns Port Level Dup-Cover Port Level
STACK_COVER H, L Open Sns H, L
44043511TH Rev.2 142 /

Top of the 1 2 3 4
No.
Display Detail Display Detail Display Detail Display Detail Display
34 FIN S01_S02_ Uper Cover H:OPEN L: Front door Sns H:OPEN L: Front door SW H:OPEN L: Joint SW [MS1] H:OPEN
S03_S04 Sns [PI23] CLOSE [PI22] CLOSE [MS2] CLOSE L:CLOSE
35 FIN S05_S06_ Bookbind- H:Paper Processing H:Paper Entrance Sns H:Paper Punch timing H:Paper
S07_S08 ing position present tray Sns [PI6] present [PI1] present Sns present
Sns[PI10] L:Paper L:Paper L:Paper L:Paper
absent absent absent absent
36 FIN S09_S10_ Bookbinding H:Paper Bookbinding H:Home Bookbinding H:Home Front matching H:Home
S11_S12 tray paper Sns present home position position roller home position home position position
[PI13] L:Paper Sns [PI11] L:Except in position Sns L:Except in Sns [PI4] L:Except in
absent the home [PI12] the home the home
position position position
37 FIN S13_S14_ Rear matching H:Home Belt home posi- H:Home Feed roller H:Home Paddle home H:Home
S15_S16 home position position tion outlet Sns position home position position position [PI2] position
Sns [PI5] L:Except in [PI7] L:Except in Sns[PI3] L:Except in L:Except in
the home the home the home the home
position position position position
38 FIN S17_S18_ Staple / fold H/L:Clock Self prime Sns H:Start Staple Sns H:Staple Stapler safty H:Not to
S19_S20 motor clock [PI21] staple de- [PI20] absent SW [MS3] drive
[PI14] tection L:Staple L:Drive
L:Staple present
absent
39 FIN S21_S22_ Staple home H:Home Stapler slide H:Home Stapler connect Hconnected Stack tray H/L:Clock
S23_S24 position position home position position signal Luncon- lift motor
Sns[PI19] L:Except in Sns [PI18] L:Except in nected clock[PI17]
the home the home
position position
40 FIN S25_S26_ Lower stack H:Lower Upper stack H:Upper Interlevel stack H:Interlevel Paper stack H:Paper de-
S27_S28 tray Sns [PI16] position tray Sns [PI15] position tray Sns [PI24] detection tray Sns [PI9] tect position
L:Except in L:Except in L:Interlevel L:Except in
the lower the upper undetection the paper
position position detect posi-
tion
41 FIN S29_S30_ Stack tray H:Paper Punch connect Hconnected
S31_S32 paper Sns [PI8] present signal Luncon-
L:Paper nected
absent
42 INV IN_OUT_ Entrance Sns H:ON Outlet Sns H:ON PU®Inverter H:ON Cover open H:Open
EXIT_COV [FP1] L:OFF [FP2] L:OFF Exit Sns Signal L:OFF SW [FMS1] L:Close
43 INV REMAIN_ Lower H:ON Inverter con- H:ON PU®Inverter H:ON
JOINT Sns[FP3] L:OFF nected Sns L:OFF CNT2 Signal L:OFF
[FP4]
44 HALL BELT_ DT- Belt Hole IC H:ON Waste Toner H:ON Waste Toner H:ON
BOX_DCT L:OFF Box Hole IC L:OFF Hole IC L:OFF
Table 5-1-2 Paper Size Detection, Various Paper Types and Bits
No. Paper 1 2 3 4
0 No cassette H H H H
1 B5-L L H H H
2 Legal 13-S H L H H
3 B5-S L L H H
4 A4-L H H L H
5 Letter-L L H L H
6 A5-S H L L H
7 A4-S L L L H
8 B4-S H H H L
9 A3-S L H H L
A Legal 14-S H L H L
B Executive-S L L H L
C A3nobi-S H H L L
D Ledger-S L H L L
E A6-S H L L L
F Letter-S L L L L
44043511TH Rev.2 143 /

5.1.2.4 Motor/Clutch Test

This self-diagnosis routine is used to test the motor and clutch.
1. Continue to press the [MENU+] and [MENU-] keys until “Motor & Clutch Test”
appears at the top of the display and the operation enters the self-diagnosis (Level 1)
mode.
The [MENU+] key = Increment Test Item / the [MENU-] key = Decrement Test Item.
2. The following message appears when the [ENTER] is pressed. The suitable location
of the unit to be tested as shown in Table 5-2 will appear at the bottom of the
display.
Press the [MENU+] and [MENU-] keys.

MOTOR & CLUTCH TEST
PK – ID MOTOR
3. Press the [ENTER] key to start the test. The name of the unit will start blinking. Then
the applicable unit will drive for 10 seconds.
Note! After driving for 10 seconds, it will return to State 2. The drive will start
again by re-pressing the applicable switch.
• To drive the applicable unit, there is a need to clear the drive limitational conditions
indicated in Table 5-2. Launching a state drive that doesn’t clear the limitation con-
ditions is invalid. When this happens the clear information is displayed at the bot-
tom of the display.
• The clutch solenoid generally repeats ON/OFF with regular printer driver. (models
that do not drive independently due to its mechanical structure will come be driven
by a motor.)
4. Press the [CANCEL] key to stop the applicable unit drive. (maintain the display of the
applicable unit, at this time)
6. Press the [BACK] key to end the test. (Returns to state 1)
44043511TH Rev.2 144 /

TONER SUPPLY (MC) TONER SUPPLY (KY)
FAN PU BOARD
FAN ID ID MOTOR(C) ID MOTOR(Y)
ID MOTOR(M) ID MOTOR(K)
44043511TH Rev.2
JOB OFFSET
FAN FUSER
FACE DOWN SOLENOID
2ndCLUTCH
BELT MOTOR
FUSER MOTOR
REGISTRATION SHUTTER REGIST CLUTCH
EXIT SOLENOID REGIST MOTOR
DUP MOTOR 1
DUP MOTOR 2
TRAY2 ROLLER CLUTCH
FAN POWER
TRAY2 FEED MOTOR
TRAY1 MOTOR = MPT MOTOR
TRAY1 GEARED MOTOR
TRAY2 MOTOR
TRAY2 GEARED MOTOR
Figure 5-2 Location of Motor and Clutch
145 /
Table 5-2 Motor and Clutch Test
Unit Name Display Drive Limitation Error display Remarks

K-ID MOTOR - - -
Y-ID MOTOR - - -
M-ID MOTOR - - -
C-ID MOTOR - - -
BELT MOTOR - - -
FUSER MOTOR - - -
FUSER MOTOR REVERSE - - -
FUSER RLS - - -
REGIST MOTOR - - -
REGIST CLUTCH - - -
MPT MOTOR - - -
MPT LIFT UP - - -
EXIT SOLENOID - - -
FACEDOWN SOLENOID - - -
REGISTRATION SHUTTER - - -
JOB OFFSET - - -
TRAY1 MOTOR - - -
TRAY2 MOTOR TRAY 2 is installed. - OPTION
TRAY2 FEED MOTOR TRAY 2 is installed and the cassette is not installed. - OPTION
TRAY2 ROLLER CLUTCH TRAY 2 is installed. - OPTION
TRAY1 GEARED MOTOR - - -
TRAY2 GEARED MOTOR TRAY 2 is installed. - OPTION
DUP MOTOR Duplex unit is installed. - OPTION
DUP FAN Duplex unit is installed. - OPTION
44043511TH Rev.2 146 /

Unit Name Display Drive Limitation Error display Remarks

FIN TRANSFER MOTOR Finisher is installed. - OPTION
FIN SADDLE ROLLER Finisher is installed. - OPTION
FIN BUNDLE MOTOR_FWD Finisher is installed. - OPTION
FIN BUNDLE MOTOR_REW Finisher is installed. - OPTION
FIN PADDLE Finisher is installed. - OPTION
FIN BUNDLE ROLLER Finisher is installed. - OPTION
FIN SLIDE MOTOR Finisher is installed. - OPTION
FIN ORDER Finisher is installed. - OPTION
FIN SHIFT MOTOR Finisher is installed. - OPTION
FIN STAPLE EXEC Finisher is installed. - OPTION
FIN SADDLE EXEC Finisher is installed. - OPTION
FIN SADDLE TRANSFER Finisher is installed. - OPTION
FIN SADDLE CLUTCH Finisher is installed. - OPTION
FIN PUNCH HOLE Finisher is installed. - OPTION
FIN PUNCH REG Finisher is installed. - OPTION
INV MOTOR A Inverter is installed. - OPTION
INV MOTOR B Inverter is installed. - OPTION
INV SEPARATER Inverter is installed. - OPTION
INV PRESSURE SOLENOID Inverter is installed. - OPTION
INV REGIST CLUTCH Inverter is installed. - OPTION
FAN POWER - - -
FAN PU-BOARD - - -
FAN FUSER - - -
FAN BELT - - -
FAN ID - - -
TONER SUPPLY K - - -
TONER SUPPLY Y - - -
TONER SUPPLY KY - - -
TONER SUPPLY M - - -
TONER SUPPLY C - - -
TONER SUPPLY MC - - -
DISPOSAL TONER TUBE - - -
ID UP/DOWN - - -
44043511TH Rev.2 147 /

5.1.2.5 Test Print

This self-diagnostic routine is used to print the test pattern in the PU. Other test patterns are
stored in the controller.
1. Continue to press the [MENU+] and [MENU-] keys until “TEST PRINT” appears at
the top row of the display, and the system is in the self-diagnosis (Lever 1) mode.
2. Press the [ENTER] key only for the setting item applied for test printing appears at
the bottom of the display. Press the [MENU+] and [MENU-] keys until the applicable
item appears. The [MENU+] key = Increment Item / the [MENU-] key = Decrement
Item. (Go to Item 5 to [Default Setting] if setting of each item is unnecessary.)
3. Press the [ENTER] key for the setting item to appear on the top row of the display
and the setting value to appear at the bottom row of the display. Press the [MENU+]
key for the setting value to increment. Press the [MENU-] key for the setting value to
decrement (the final display setting value is applied). Accordingly repeat item 3.
TEST PATTERN
The settings shaded in are default settings.
Display Setting value Function

PRINT EXECUTE – Press [Enter] to start printing or [CANCEL] to stop printing (each page).
TEST PATTERN 0 0: Blank page1 to 7: See the “Test Print Pattern” table (pattern printing).
8 to 15: Blank page
CASSETTE TRAY1 Choose a paper feeder.
TRAY2 *1
TRAY3 *1
TRAY4 *1
TRAY5 *1
MPT
PAGE 0 Set the number of test print pages. Press [ONLINE] to move the cursor
to the digit to be edited. Press[MENU_] to increase the set value, and
[MENU_] to decrease the set value.
COLOR ON Choose Color or Monochrome.
OFF
DUPLEX *1 3 PAGES STACK Prints on both sides of a stack of 3 sheets.
OFF Turns off duplex printing.Prints on both sides of one sheet. Turns the job
1 PAGES STACK offset function on and off.
JOB OFFSET OFF Turn the job offset function on and off.
ON
FINISHER *2 OUTPUT BIN Choose an output bin.
PUNCH Turns the punch mode on and off.
OFFSET Turns the offset mode on and off.
STAPLE Choose the staple location.
STAPLE PAGE Set the number of sheets to be stapled (0 to 50).
INVERT Turns the invert mode on and off.
*1 TRAY 2 to TRAY 5 and DUPLEX will be displayed only when their respective units are installed.
*2 If the finisher is not installed, “OUTPUT BIN” is displayed and only the output bin is selectable.
• Presets: FACE DOWN/FACE UP Default: FACE DOWN
* These settings are valid in the test mode only (they will not be written to the EEPROM).
44043511TH Rev.2 148 /

Note * COLOR Setting

When COLOR is on, if [ONLINE] is pressed, the settings below will appear and the
print color-setting mode will be entered.
COLOR
Y:ON M:ON C:ON K:ON
Press [ONLINE] to move the cursor to the color to be turned on or off.

Press [MENU+] or [MENU-] to turn the setting of each color on or off, respectively [OK
to add?].
Press [ENTER] to exit the print color-setting mode.
* FINISHER Setting
(1) When “FINISHER” is shown at the bottom of the display panel, press [ENTER].
(2) Press [MENU+] or [MENU-] until the setting item to be edited appears.
(3) Press [ENTER]; the set value will appear at the bottom of the panel.
Press [MENU+] or [MENU-] until the desired value appears. ([MENU+] increases
the value and [MENU-] decreases the value.)
(4) Press [BACK] to return to step (2) above. Press [BACK] again to return to step (1).
(5) Repeat steps (2) to (4) as necessary.
The settings shaded in are default settings.

Display Setting value Function
OUTPUT BIN FACE DOWN Printer face down
FINISHER UPPER BIN Finisher upper bin
FINISHER LOWER BIN Finisher lower bin
PUNCH OFF Punch on/off
ON
OFFSET OFF Offset on/off
ON
STAPLE MODE OFF Staple mode off
Rear Rear corner
Center Center corner
Front Front corner
Saddle Saddle stitch
STAPLE NUMBER 0 Set the number of sheets to be stapled (0 to 50).
* When the staple mode is on, "STAPLE NUMBER" is se-
lectable between 2 and 50.
INVERT OFF Invert on/off
ON
4. Operations in section 2 will execute test printing at the set value that is set in Steps
2 to 3, by pressing the [ENTER] key when the state displays “PRINT EXECUTE” at
the bottom row of the display.
Press the [ENTER] key to stop test printing.
Print Test Pattern
Pattern No. Print pattern
0 None (blank page)
1 2 by 2
2 4 by 4
3 Horizontal line
4 Slanted line
5 Vertical line
6 Vertical band
7 Full
44043511TH Rev.2 149 /

• The following message appears when printing.
P=*** T=*** U=*** [###]
H=***% L=***[###]
P: Test Print Sheets (Unit: number of sheets)

U: Upper-side Heater temperature Measurement Value[Setting] (Unit: C)
L: Lower-Side Heater temperature Measurement Value[Setting] (Unit: C)
T: Environmental Temperature Measurement Value (Unit: %)
H: Environmental Humidity Measurement Value (Unit: %)
• Press [MENU+] key to switch the display.
KTR=*.**KV YTR=*.**KV
MTR=*.**KV CTR=*.**KV
YTR, MTR, CTR and KTR are image transfer voltage settings of each color. (Unit: KV)
KR=*.**uA YR=*.**uA
MR=*.**uA CR=*.**uA
YR, MR, CR, and KR represent the electric current (uA) of the transfer roller for each
color, respectively.
THICK= *** TEMP=***
REGIST=**** EXIT=****
THICK: Detected medium thickness (µm)

TEMP: Fusing temperature (˚C)
REGIST: Constant speed of resist motor (hexadecimal)
EXIT: Constant speed of fuser motor (hexadecimal)
44043511TH Rev.2 150 /

5.1.2.6 Consummable Parts Counter Display

This self-diagnosis is used to display the consumption status of the consumable parts of the printer.
1. It will go into normal self-diagnosis. Continue to press the [MENU+] and [MENU-]
keys until “CONSUMABLE STATUS” appears at the top row of the display. (The [MENU+]
key to Increment the Test Item / the [MENU-] key to decrement the Test Item.)
2. After the [ENTER] key is pressed, press the [MENU+] and [MENU-] keys to
sequentially display the consumption status according to consumable part.

Top of the Display Bottom of the Display Format Detail
K-DRUM UNIT ****** IMAGES DEC Indicates the total number of revolutions since the ID
Y-DRUM UNIT unit for each color has been installed.
M-DRUM UNIT
C-DRUM UNIT
FUSER UNIT ****** PRINTS DEC Indicates how many pages have been printed since the
fuser unit has been installed.
TR BELT UNIT ****** IMAGES DEC Indicates how many pages have been printed since the
belt unit has been installed.
K-TONER ***% DEC Indicates what quantity of each color of toner has been
Y-TONER consumed.
M-TONER * Indicates 90% when the toner level is low.
C-TONER
STAPLE UNIT ****** JOBS DEC Indicates how many times stapling has been performed.
PUNCH UNIT ****** PRINTS DEC Indicates how many times punching has been
performed.
PATTING ROLLER ****** PRINTS DEC Indicates how many sheets have passed by the patting
roller.
STAPLE CONSUMPTION ****** PIECES DEC Indicates how many staples have been used.
* The count is reset when staples are refilled.
STAPLE UNIT REPLACE ****** TIMES DEC Indicates how many times the staple unit has been
replaced.
PUNCH UNIT REPLACE ****** TIMES DEC Indicates how many times the punch unit has been
replaced.
5.1.2.7 Consumable Continual Counter Display

This self-diagnosis is used to display the consumption status of the consumable parts of the
printer.
The life consumption status of consumable parts means that the counter value is not initialized
though the consumable parts are replaced. It is a way to continually count the consumption level
of the consumable parts of the printer.
1. It will go into normal self-diagnosis. Continue to press the [MENU+] and [MENU-]
keys until “PRINTER STATUS” appears at the top row of the display. (The [MENU+]
key to Increment the Test Item / the [MENU-] key to decrement the Test Item.)
2. After the [ENTER] key is pressed, press the [MENU+] and [MENU-] keys to
sequentially display the life consumption status according to consumable part.

Top of the Display Bottom of the Display Format Detail
K-IMPRESSIONS ****** PRINTS DEC Indicates how many pages have been printed
Y-IMPRESSIONS using each color.
M-IMPRESSIONS
C-IMPRESSIONS
TOTAL SHEETS FEED ****** PRINTS DEC Indicates the total number of sheets fed.
FINISHER TOTAL PAGE ****** PRINTS DEC Indicates the total number of sheets having
passed by the finisher.
44043511TH Rev.2 151 /

5.1.2.8 Panel Display Details
Panel Display
Panel Display Details

ADJ THERM HIGH TEMP Non-contact Thermistor High Temperature (HOT) Error
ADJ THERM LOW TEMP Non-contact Thermistor Low Temperature (COLD) Error
ADJ THERM OPEN ERR Non-contact Thermistor Open Error
ADJ THERM SHORT ERR Non-contact Thermistor Short-Circuit Error
BALANCE ERROR Balance Error
BELT FAN MOTOR ERR BELT Fan Motor Error
BELT FUSE CUT ERROR Belt Unit Fuse Cut Error
BELT LIFE BELT Life Over
BELT LIFE WARNING BELT Life Warning
BELT NEAR LIFE BELT Life Warning
BELT REFLECTION ERROR Belt Reflection Error
BELT SENSOR ERROR Belt Sensor Error
CALIBRATION CHIP ERR Color Calibration Chip Correction Value Error
CALIBRATION ERROR Calibration Error
C-DRUM FUSE CUT ERROR CYAN Drum Unit Fuse Cut Error
C-DRUM LIFE CYAN Drum Life
C-DRUM LIFE OVER CYAN Drum Life
C-DRUM LIFE WARNING CYAN Drum Life Warning
C-DRUM LOCK ERROR CYAN Drum Lock Error
C-DRUM NEAR LIFE CYAN Drum Life Warning
C-DRUM PHASE ERROR CYAN Phase Time Difference Error
C-DRUM PHASE SNS ERR CYAN Phase Sensor Error
C-DRUM UP/DOWN ERROR CYAN Drum UP/DOWN Error
C-ID DENSITY ERROR 1 CYAN Density Correction ID Error1
C-ID DENSITY ERROR 2 CYAN Density Correction ID Error2
C-LED HEAD ERROR CYAN LED Head Error
COOLING DOWN Cooling Down
C-TONER EMPTY CYAN Toner EMPTY
C-TONER EMPTY WARNING CYAN Toner EMPTY Warning
C-TONER LOW CYAN Toner LOW
C-TONER SENSOR ERROR CYAN Toner Sensor Error
C-TONER SUPPLY ERROR CYAN Toner Supply Error
CUSTOM DIAG MODE Custom Diagnostic Mode
DENSITY CALIB ERROR BLACK BLACK Density Calibration Error
DENSITY CALIB ERROR COLOR COLOR Density Calibration Error
DENSITY SENSOR ERROR BLACK BLACK Density Sensor Error
DENSITY SENSOR ERROR COLOR COLOR Density Sensor Error
DIAGNOSTICS MODE Engine Diagnostic Mode
DISPOSAL TONER BOX NOT EXIST Disposal Toner BOX Not Exist
DISTNR BOX SPIRAL ERR Disposal Toner BOX Spiral Hole Sensor Error
DISTNR FULL Disposal Toner Full
DISTNR NEAR FULL Disposal Toner Near Full
DISTNR WARNING Disposal Toner Full Warning
DIS-TONER DUCT ERROR Disposal Toner Rotation Detection Sensor Error ( 2 )
44043511TH Rev.2 152 /


DIS-TONER LOCK ERROR Disposal Toner LOCK Error ( 2 )
DUP CLK ADJUST ERR DUPLEX Clock Error Correction Error
DUP REAR COVER OPEN DUPLEX Cover Open
DUPLEX 24V ERROR DUPLEX 24VError
DUPLEX FAN ERROR DUPLEX Fan Error
DUPLEX HOPPING ERROR DUPLEX Hopping Error
DUPLEX I/F ERROR DUPLEX I/F Error
DUPLEX SOFTWARE ERROR DUPLEX ROM/RAM Error
DUPLEX TYPE MISMATCH DUPLEX Type Error
DUPLEX UNIT OPEN DUPLEX Unit Open
EEPROM TIMEOUT EEPROM Write Timeout Error
ENGINE CONTROL ERROR ENIGINE Control Error
ENGINE EEPROM ERROR EEPROM Error
ENGINE EEPROM MISSING EEPROM Unmounted
ENGINE FAN MOTOR ERR PU PCB Fan Motor Error
ENGINE LIFE ENGINE Life Over
ENGINE RAM ERROR RAM Error
ENGINE ROM ERROR ROM Error
ENGINE SOFTWARE ERROR ENGINE ROM/RAM Error
ENGINE SRAM ERROR SRAM Error
ENV TEMP SENSOR ERROR Environmental Temperature Sensor Error
FACE-UP STACKER OPEN Face-up Stacker Open
FIN TYPE MISMATCH FINISHER Type Error
FINISHER ERROR ADJUST MOTOR FINISHER Adjustment Motor Abnormality
FINISHER ERROR BACKUP RAM FINISHER Backup RAM Data Error
FINISHER ERROR BUNDLE MOTOR FINISHER Bundle Motor Abnormality
FINISHER ERROR FOLD SENSOR FINISHER Fold Sensor Error
FINISHER ERROR OUTPUT MOTOR FINISHER Output Motor Abnormality
FINISHER ERROR POWER NOT FINISHER Power Interruption Error
SUPPLY
FINISHER ERROR PUNCH BACKUP FINISHER Punch Backup RAM Data Error
RAM
FINISHER ERROR PUNCH EMPTY FINISHER Punch Chip Sensor Error
SENSOR
FINISHER ERROR PUNCH FEED FINISHER Punch Feed Motor Abnormality
MOTOR
FINISHER ERROR PUNCH I/F FINISHER Punch Communication Error
FINISHER ERROR PUNCH MOTOR FINISHER Punch Motor Abnormality
FINISHER ERROR PUNCH SENSOR FINISHER Punch Registration Sensor Error
FINISHER ERROR PUNCH SIDE FINISHER Punch Side Registration Sensor Error
SENSOR
FINISHER ERROR SADDLE MOTOR FINISHER Saddle Motor Abnormality
FINISHER ERROR STAPLE FEED FINISHER Staple Unit Feed Motor Abnormality
MOTOR
FINISHER ERROR STAPLE MOTOR FINISHER Staple Motor Abnormality
FINISHER ERROR TRAY UPDOWN FINISHER Tray Up/Down Motor Abnormality
MOTOR
FINISHER I/F ERROR Finisher I/F Error
FINISHER NOT CONNECT Finisher Unmounted
44043511TH Rev.2 153 /


FINISHER STAPLE DOOR OPEN FINISHER Staple Door Open
FINISHER UPPER COVER OPEN FINISHER Upper Cover Open
FUSER FAN MOTOR ERROR FUSER Fan Motor Error
FUSER FUSE CUT ERROR FUSER Unit Fuse Cut Error
FUSER LIFE FUSER Life Over
FUSER LIFE WARNING FUSER Life Over Warning
FUSER LOCK ERROR FUSER Motor Lock Error
FUSER NEAR LIFE FUSER Life Over
FUSER UNIT MISMATCH FUSER Unit Mismatch
HUMIDITY SENSOR ERROR Humidity Sensor Dew Error
HUMIDITY SNS DEW ERR Humidity Sensor Error
ID FAN MOTOR ERR ID fan Motor Error
INFEED : DUPLEX DUPLEX Hopping Error
INFEED : MPT MPT Hopping Error
INFEED : TRAY1 TRAY1 Hopping Error
INITIALIZING Initializing When Turning Power ON/Closing Cover
INITIALIZING DENSITY ADJUST Automatic Density Correction Being Controlled
INITIALIZING REGISTRATION Automatic Color Drift Correction Control
ADJUST
INPATH:DUP ENTRY DUPLEX Internal Area Jam
INPATH : DUP REVERSAL DUPLEX Reversal Area Jam
INPATH : DUPLEX INPUT DUPLEX Input Jam
INPATH : EXIT Discharge Jam
INPATH : EXIT ROUTE Discharge Route Jam
INPATH : FEED Feed Jam
INPATH : FINISHER INPUT Paper at Finisher Feeder
INPATH : FINISHER SADDLE Paper at Finisher Saddle
INPATH : FINISHER STACK EXIT Paper at Finisher Stacker Exit
INPATH : FINISHER STAPLE Paper at Finisher Stapler
INPATH : INVERTER INPUT Inverter Entrance Jam
INPATH : INVERTER OUTPUT Inverter Exit Jam
INPATH : INVERTER REVERSAL Inverter Stacker Jam
INPATH : TRANSPORT Conveyance Jam
INV TYPE MISMATCH Inverter Type Error
INVERTER COVER OPEN Inverter Cover Open
INVERTER I/F ERROR Inverter I/F Error
INVERTER NOT CONNECT Inverter Unmounted
INVERTER POWER NOT SUPPLY Inverter Power Alarm
INVERTER SOFTWARE ERR Inverter ROM/RAM Error
IRREGULAR ERROR C CYAN Outside Detection Range Error
IRREGULAR ERROR K BLACK Outside Detection Range Error
IRREGULAR ERROR M MAGENTA Outside Detection Range Error
IRREGULAR ERROR Y YELLOW Outside Detection Range Value Error
44043511TH Rev.2 154 /


JAM FINISHER BEFORE INPUT Finisher Delay Feed Jam
JAM FINISHER DOOR OPEN Finisher Door Open
JAM FINISHER INPUT JAM Finisher Feeder Snagging Jam
JAM FINISHER SADDLE EXIT Finisher Saddle Delay Feed Jam
JAM FINISHER SADDLE JAM Finisher Saddle Feeder Snagging Jam
JAM FINISHER STAPLE JAM Finisher Staple Jam
JAM FINISHER STAY INPUT Finisher Entrance Feeder Remaining Jam
JAM FINISHER STAY SADDLE Finisher Saddle Folding Feeder Remaining Jam
JAM FINISHER STAY WORK Finisher Processing Tray Remaining Jam
JAM FINISHER WORK EXIT Finisher Bundle Discharge Jam
JAM INVERTER BEFORE INPUT Inverter Feed Jam
JAM INVERTER BEFORE OUTPUT Inverter Route Jam
JAM INVERTER INPUT JAM Inverter Entrance Snagging Jam
JAM INVERTER OUTPUT JAM Inverter Discharge Jam
JAM INVERTER STAY LOW Inverter Inverting Stacker Remaining Jam
JAM : DUPLEX ENTRY DUPLEX Internal Area Jam
JAM : DUPLEX INPUT DUPLEX Input Area Jam
JAM : DUPLEX REVERSAL DUPLEX Reversal Area Jam
JAM : EXIT Discharge Jam
JAM : EXIT ROUTE Discharge Route Jam
JAM : FEED Feed Jam
JAM : TRANSPORT Conveyance Jam
JOB OFFSET HOME ERROR Job Offset Home Error
K-DRUM END OF LIFE BLACK Drum Life (not printable)
K-DRUM FUSE CUT ERROR BLACK Drum Unit Fuse Cut Error
K-DRUM LIFE OVER BLACK Drum Life
K-DRUM LIFE WARNING BLACK Drum Life Warning
K-DRUM LOCK ERROR BLACK Drum Lock Error
K-DRUM NEAR LIFE BLACK Drum Life Warning
K-DRUM PHASE ERROR BLACK Phase Time Difference Error
K-DRUM PHASE SNS ERR BLACK Phase Sensor Error
K-DRUM UP/DOWN ERROR BLACK Drum UP/DOWN Error
K-ID DENSITY ERROR 1 BLACK Density Correction ID Error1
K-ID DENSITY ERROR 2 BLACK Density Correction ID Error2
K-LED HEAD ERROR BLACK LED Head Error
K-TONER EMPTY BLACK Toner EMPTY
K-TONER EMPTY WARNING BLACK Toner EMPTY Warning
K-TONER LOW BLACK Toner LOW
K-TONER SENSOR ERROR BLACK Toner Sensor Error
K-TONER SUPPLY ERROR BLACK Toner Supply Error
LOWER HEAT HIGH TEMP LOWER Heater High Temperature (HOT) Error
LOWER HEAT LOW TEMP LOWER Heater Lot temperature (COLD) Error
LOWER HEAT OPEN ERR LOWER Heater Thermistor Open Error
LOWER HEAT SHORT ERR LOWER Heater Thermistor Short-Circuit Error
L-SIDE COVER OPEN Left Side-Cover Open
M-DRUM END OF LIFE MAGENTA Drum Life (not printable)
M-DRUM FUSE CUT ERROR MAGENTA Drum Unit Fuse Cut Error
44043511TH Rev.2 155 /


M-DRUM LIFE OVER MAGENTA Drum Life
M-DRUM LIFE WARNING MAGENTA Drum Life Warning
M-DRUM LOCK ERROR MAGENTA Drum Lock Error
M-DRUM NEAR LIFE MAGENTA Drum Life Warning
M-DRUM PHASE ERROR MAGENTA Phase Time Difference Error
M-DRUM PHASE SNS ERR MAGENTA Phase Sensor Error
M-DRUM UP/DOWN ERROR MAGENTA Drum UP/DOWN Error
M-ID DENSITY ERROR 1 MAGENTA Density Correction ID Error1
M-ID DENSITY ERROR 2 MAGENTA Density Correction ID Error2
MISSING BELT UNIT BELT Unit Unmounted
MISSING C TAG CYAN Tag Not Exist
MISSING C-DRUM CYAN Drum Unmounted
MISSING FUSER UNIT FUSER Unit Unmounted
MISSING K TAG BLACK Tag Not Exist
MISSING K-DRUM BLACK Drum Unmounted
MISSING M TAG MAGENTA Tag Not Exist
MISSING M-DRUM MAGENTA Drum Unmounted
MISSING RFID UNIT RFID Unit Unmounted
MISSING Y TAG YELLOW Tag Not Exist
MISSING Y-DRUM YELLOW Drum Unmounted
M-LED HEAD ERROR MAGENTA LED Head Error
MPT COVER OPEN MPT Cover Open
MPT HOPPING ERROR MPT Hopping Error
MPT LIFT ERROR MPT Lift-up Error
MPT OVER FILLED MPT Over Filled
MPT PAPER END MPT Out-of-Paper
MPT PAPER NEAR END MPT Out-of-Paper Warning
MPT STAGE POSITION MPT Stage Position Error
M-TONER EMPTY MAGENTA Toner EMPTY
M-TONER EMPTY WARNING MAGENTA Toner EMPTY Warning
M-TONER LOW MAGENTA Toner LOW
M-TONER SENSOR ERROR MAGENTA Toner Sensor Error
M-TONER SUPPLY ERROR MAGENTA Toner Supply Error
NON GENUINE TONER : C CYAN Non-genuine Toner Detection
NON GENUINE TONER : K BLACK Non-genuine Toner Detection
NON GENUINE TONER : M MAGENTA Non-genuine Toner Detection
NON GENUINE TONER : Y YELLOW Non-genuine Toner Detection
OFF-BRAND TONER : C CYAN : Destination-Specified Off-Brand RFID Chip Detection
OFF-BRAND TONER : K BLACK : Destination-Specified Off-Brand RFID Chip Detection
OFF-BRAND TONER : M MAGENTA : Destination-Specified Off-Brand RFID Chip Detection
OFF-BRAND TONER : Y YELLOW : Destination-Specified Off-Brand RFID Chip Detection
PAPER PILE OUT OF TRAY Paper Conveyance Error
PAPER SIZE ERROR Paper Size Error
POWER FAN MOTOR ERROR PU Fan Motor Error
POWER SUPPLY LSI ERR Power Supply LSI Error
PROCESS CONTROL OFF PROCESS Control OFF
44043511TH Rev.2 156 /


PROCESS WAIT MODE Color Drift/Density Correction Taking Place (when launched
from CU)
PUNCH BOX NOT EXISTING Punch Dust Box Unmounted
PUNCH DUST OVERFLOW Punch Dust Overflow
PUNCH UNIT LIFE OVER Punch Unit Life
REGION MISMATCH WRN : C CYAN Toner Region Mismatch Warning
REGION MISMATCH WRN : K BLACK Toner Region Mismatch Warning
REGION MISMATCH WRN : M MAGENTA Toner Region Mismatch Warning
REGION MISMATCH WRN : Y YELLOW Toner Region Mismatch Warning
REGION MISMATCH : C CYAN Toner Region Mismatch Error
REGION MISMATCH : K BLACK Toner Region Mismatch Error
REGION MISMATCH : M MAGENTA Toner Region Mismatch Error
REGION MISMATCH : Y YELLOW Toner Region Mismatch Error
REGIST OUT HORIZON C CYAN Detected of Irregular Color Drift Correction Value in the Main
Scanning Correction
REGIST OUT HORIZON K BLACK Detected of Irregular Color Drift Correction Value in the Main
Scanning Correction
REGIST OUT HORIZON M MAGENTA Detected of Irregular Color Drift Correction Value in the
Main Scanning Correction
REGIST OUT HORIZON Y YELLOW Detected of Irregular Color Drift Correction Value in
the Main Scanning Correction
REGIST OUT LEFT C CYAN Outside Range of Correction Error (LEFT)
REGIST OUT LEFT K BLACK Outside Range of Correction Error (LEFT)
REGIST OUT LEFT M MAGENTA Outside Range of Correction Error (LEFT)
REGIST OUT LEFT Y YELLOW Outside Range of Correction Error (LEFT)
REGIST OUT RIGHT C CYAN Outside Range of Correction Error (RIGHT)
REGIST OUT RIGHT K BLACK Outside Range of Correction Error (RIGHT)
REGIST OUT RIGHT M MAGENTA Outside Range of Correction Error (RIGHT)
REGIST OUT RIGHT Y YELLOW Outside Range of Correction Error (RIGHT)
REGIST SNS CALIB ERR Color Drift Sensor Calibration Error
REGISTRATION ERROR C CYAN Color Drift Error
REGISTRATION ERROR K BLACK Color Drift Error
REGISTRATION ERROR M MAGENTA Color Drift Error
REGISTRATION ERROR Y YELLOW Color Drift Error
RFID TAG COM ERR RFID TAG Communication Error
RFID TRANS ERR RFID Transmission Error
RFID UNIT COM ERR RFID Reader Unit Communication Error
RLS SENEOR ERROR Release Sensor Error
R-SIDE COVER OPEN Right-Side Cover Open
SENSOR ERROR LEFT C CYAN LEFT Sensor Error
SENSOR ERROR LEFT K BLACK LEFT Sensor Error
SENSOR ERROR LEFT M MAGENTA LEFT Sensor Error
SENSOR ERROR LEFT Y YELLOW LEFT Sensor Error
SENSOR ERROR RIGHT C CYAN RIGHT Sensor Error
SENSOR ERROR RIGHT K BLACK RIGHT Sensor Error
SENSOR ERROR RIGHT M MAGENTA RIGHT Sensor Error
SENSOR ERROR RIGHT Y YELLOW RIGHT Sensor Error
SHUTTER ERROR 1 Density Correction Shutter Error1
44043511TH Rev.2 157 /


SHUTTER ERROR 2 Density Correction Shutter Error2
SLACK SENSOR ERROR 1 Slack Sensor Error : Sensor ON Detected with No Media
SLACK SENSOR ERROR 2 Slack Sensor Error : Sensor Non-changing Error (when ON)
SLACK SENSOR ERROR 3 Slack Sensor Erro r: Sensor Non-changing Error (when OFF)
STACKER FULL FACE DOWN Face-Down Stacker Full
STACKER FULL FACE UP Face-Up Stacker Full
STACKER FULL SADDLE Saddle Stacker Full
STACKER FULL STACK Stacker Stacker Full
STACKER FULL WORK Processing Tray Stacker Full
STAPLE CARTRIDGE NOT EXIST Staple Cartridge Unmounted
STAPLE EMPTY Staple Empty
STAPLE EMPTY ERROR Staple Out-of-Paper Error
STAPLE SET OVERFLOW Exceeding the Stapling Set Number
STAPLE THICKNESS ERROR Removal of Paper Stapled
STAPLE UNIT LIFE OVER Staple Unit Life
SUB CLK ADJUST ERR SUB-CPU Clock Error Correction Error
SUBCPU I/F ERROR SUB-CPU I/F Error
SUBCPU SOFTWARE ERROR SUB-CPU ROM/RAM Error
THERM SLOPE ERROR Fuser Non-contact Thermistor Slope Error
THICKNESS ADJUSTING Detecting Media Thickness
THICKNESS NON-PAPER FRQ AD Value Outside Standard Error (Without Media)
ERROR
THICKNESS PAPER THICKNESS Media Thickness Outside Detection Range Error
ERROR
THICKNESS SNS FRQ ERROR Sensor Output Error Outside Standard Error (With Media)
THICKNESS THICK_PAPER ERROR Sensitivity Correction Error
TNR GROUP MISMATCH : C CYAN Toner Group Mismatch Error
TNR GROUP MISMATCH : K BLACK Toner Group Mismatch Error
TNR GROUP MISMATCH : M MAGENTA Toner Group Mismatch Error
TNR GROUP MISMATCH : Y YELLOW Toner Group Mismatch Error
TNR IMITATION WRN : C CYAN : Non-OKI Toner Detection Error
TNR IMITATION WRN : K BLACK : Non-OKI Toner Detection Error
TNR IMITATION WRN : M MAGENTA : Non-OKI Toner Detection Error
TNR IMITATION WRN : Y YELLOW : Non-OKI Toner Detection Error
TNR IMITATION : C CYAN : Non-OKI Toner Detection Warning
TNR IMITATION : K BLACK : Non-OKI Toner Detection Warning
TNR IMITATION : M MAGENTA : Non-OKI Toner Detection Warning
TNR IMITATION : Y YELLOW : Non-OKI Toner Detection Warning
TNR LOCK ERR : C CYAN Toner Cartridge Unlock Error
TNR LOCK ERR : K BLACK Toner Cartridge Unlock Error
TNR LOCK ERR : M MAGENTA Toner Cartridge Unlock Error
TNR LOCK ERR : Y YELLOW Toner Cartridge Unlock Error
TNR MISSING WRN : C CYAN Toner Cartridge Missing Error
TNR MISSING WRN : K BLACK Toner Cartridge Missing Error
TNR MISSING WRN : M MAGENTA Toner Cartridge Missing Error
TNR MISSING WRN : Y YELLOW Toner Cartridge Missing Error
TNR MISSING : C CYAN Toner Cartridge Missing Warning
TNR MISSING : K BLACK Toner Cartridge Missing Warning
44043511TH Rev.2 158 /


TNR MISSING:M MAGENTA Toner Cartridge Missing Warning
TNR MISSING:Y YELLOW Toner Cartridge Missing Warning
TOO MANY COLOR Detection of two or more RFID Tags of the same color
TOO MANY TAGS Detection of two or more RFID Tags at one antenna
TOP COVER OPEN Top Cover Open
TOP FAN MOTOR ERR TOP Fan Motor Error
TRAY1 COVER OPEN TRAY1 Cover Open
TRAY1 GDDC ERROR TRAY1 GDDC Motor Error/GDDC Circuit Error
TRAY1 HOPPING ERROR TRAY1 Hopping Error
TRAY1 LIFT ERROR TRAY1 Lift-up Error
TRAY1 LIFT UP TRAY1 Lifting Up
TRAY1 OVER FILLED TRAY1 Over Filled
TRAY1 PAPER END TRAY1 Out-of-Paper
TRAY1 PAPER NEAR END TRAY1 Out-of-Paper Warning
TRAY1 TYPE MISMATCH TRAY1 Type Error
TRAY2 24V ERROR TRAY2 24V Error
TRAY2 CLK ADJUST ERR TRAY2 Clock Error Correction Error
TRAY2 I/F ERROR TRAY2 I/F Error
TRAY2 SOFTWARE ERROR TRAY2 ROM/RAM Error
44043511TH Rev.2 159 /


TRAY4 PAPER NEAR END TRAY4 Out-of-Paper warning
TRAY5 PAPER NEAR END TRAY5 Out-of-Paper warning
UPPER HEAT HIGH TEMP UPPER Heater High Temperature (HOT) Error
UPPER HEAT LOW TEMP UPPER Heater Low Temperature (COLD) Error
UPPER HEAT OPEN ERR UPPER Heater Thermistor Open Error
UPPER HEAT SHORT ERR UPPER Heater Thermistor Short-Circuit Error
UPPER SIDE HIGH TEMP UPPER Side High Temperature (HOT) Error
UPPER SIDE LOW TEMP UPPER Side Low Temperature Error
UPPER SIDE OPEN ERR UPPER Side Thermistor Open Error
UPPER SIDE SHORT ERR UPPER Side Thermistor Short-Circuit Error
WARMING UP Warming Up
Y-DRUM END OF LIFE YELLOW Drum Life (Not Printable)
Y-DRUM FUSE CUT ERROR YELLOW Drum Unit Face Cut Error
Y-DRUM LIFE OVER YELLOW Drum Lifer
Y-DRUM LIFE WARNING YELLOW Drum Life Warning
Y-DRUM LOCK ERROR YELLOW Drum Lock Error
Y-DRUM NEAR LIFE YELLOW Drum Near Life Warning
Y-DRUM PHASE ERROR YELLOW Phase Time Difference Error
Y-DRUM PHASE SNS ERR YELLOW Phase Sensor Error
Y-DRUM UP/DOWN ERROR YELLOW Drum UP/DOWN Error
Y-ID DENSITY ERROR 1 YELLOW Density Correction ID Error1
Y-ID DENSITY ERROR 2 YELLOW Density Correction ID Error2
Y-LED HEAD ERROR YELLOW LED Head Error
Y-TONER EMPTY YELLOW Toner EMPTY
Y-TONER EMPTY WARNING YELLOW Toner EMPTY Warning
Y-TONER LOW YELLOW Toner LOW
Y-TONER SENSOR ERROR YELLOW Toner Sensor Error
Y-TONER SUPPLY ERROR YELLOW Toner Supply Error
44043511TH Rev.2 160 /

Jam Error Display Details

INFEED:TRAY1 TRAY1 Hoping Error
INFEED:MP-FEEDER MP-FEEDER Hoping Error
INFEED:DUPLEX DUPLEX Hoping Error
INPATH:DUPLEX INPUT DUPLEX Input Jam
INPATH:DUPLEX ENTRY DUPLEX Internal Jam
INPATH:REVERSAL DUPLEX Reversal Jam
INPATH:FEED Feed Jam
INPATH:TRANSPORT Conveyance Jam
INPATH:EXIT Discharge Jam
INFEED....Information on the paper remaining in the paper feed entry.

INPATH.....Information on the paper remaining in the travel path.
44043511TH Rev.2 161 /

5.1.2.9 Drum cleaning
How to clean the photosensitive surface of image drums (1)
<Purpose of cleaning>
• To remove dirt from the surface of photoconductive drums (the photosensitive surface)
<Cleaning materials and effect>

Cleaning properties
Item name Wipe with a Wipe with Effect Remarks Cleaning properties:
dry item alcohol : Cleaned well
Gauze : Cleaned with hard scrubbing
Tissue paper Must be soft
<Notes>
• The alcohol used for wiping must be ethyl alcohol (ethanol). Be aware that rotating an image
drum before complete evaporation of alcohol causes toner adherence, which is a factor to
produce dirt.
• Wipe the surface evenly.
• Since wiping with dry tissue paper requires harder scrubbing to remove dirt, be careful not to
damage photoconductive drums.
• Be careful not to expose the photosensitive surface to the light of a fluorescent lamp etc. for
15 minutes or more during wiping.
• It is impossible to rotate an image drum (hereinafter referred to as an ID) singly. To clean the
entire circumference of the photosensitive surface, use DRUM 1/N ROTAION.
44043511TH Rev.2 162 /

How to clean the photosensitive surface of image drums (2)
<Cleaning procedure>
1. Remove an ID of the corresponding color from the device.
2. Place the ID on a flat desk or something with an inclination of 90 degrees.
3. Wipe the exposed portion of the photoconductive drum using prepared cleaning materials.
4. Install the ID back into the device and rotate the ID using DRUM 1/N ROTAION.
5. Repeat the steps 1 to 4 several times to clean the entire circumference of the photosensitive
surface.
6. Produce solid fill prints in the corresponding color and check to make sure that the problem
has been improved.
Before drum cleaning (solid cyan) After drum cleaning (solid cyan)
Before drum cleaning, the print After drum cleaning, the voids had
seemed to have voids due to the disappeared.
adherents.
The circumference that can be wiped per cleaning is 27 mm

(1/3.5 of the entire circumference).
44043511TH Rev.2 163 /

Displaying DRUM 1/N ROTAION

This function is used for recovery from filming.
1. Enter self-diagnostic (level 1) mode and press either [Menu+] or [Menu-] repeatedly until the
following message appears.
DRUM 1/N ROTATION
2. Pressing [Enter] displays the following message. Press either [Menu+] or [Menu-] repeatedly
until a target item appears.
<<When operable (idling)>>
DRUM 1/N ROTATION
EXECUTE
* After this message appears, initializing operation by cover open/close is not executed
until the display returns to the state shown in step 1.
<<When not operable (initializing or printing)>>
DRUM 1/N ROTATION
FAILED
* Return to the screen shown in step 1 by pressing [Back] once, and then press [Enter]
again.
3. Pressing [Enter] displays the following message.
<<When selecting EXECUTE>>
DRUM 1/N ROTATION
EXECUTE n/N
n: the number of rotations done/N: the number of rotations specified
(1) Drum rotation by a 1/N circumference is executed, and the message in the bottom row of the
panel starts flashing.
(2) Pressing [Enter] again returns the display to the state described in (1). (The value of n is
updated. When n=N, the value returns to n=1)
(3) Pressing [Back] returns the display to the state shown in step 2. (This operation is invalid
when the drum is rotating.)
<<When N COUNT SET is displayed>>
N COUNT SET
N=*
(1) A setting item and its set value are displayed in the top and bottom rows of the panel
respectively. Press either [Menu+] or [Menu-] repeatedly until the desired value appears.
(2) Pressing [Back] returns the display to the state shown in step 2.
44043511TH Rev.2 164 /

4. Repeat step 3 as necessary.
5. Press [Back] to exit the mode. (The display returns to the state described in step 1.)
N counter display (the number of rotations)
Top row of the Bottom row Default

Format Configurable range Details
panel of the panel value
Displays N = the number
N COUNT SET N=* DEC 1 to 8 5
of drum rotations
Note! Perform the above operation by setting image drum cartridges of four colors in an ID
unit.
44043511TH Rev.2 165 /

5.1.3 Various Printing Methods with a Stand-Alone Printer Coming with a Controller
Configuration Print
Print the Program Version, control unit composition, other printer compositions and settings.
Operations : Panel Switch press
600 Model : Enter (Print Information Selection) Enter Enter (Configuration Selec-
tion) Enter (Execute) Enter
1200 Model : Enter (Print Page Selection) Enter (Configuration Selection) Enter
File List Print
Print list of files stored on the HDD and Flash ROM.
600 Model : Enter (Print Information Selection) Enter (File List Selection)
Enter (Execute) Enter
1200 Model : No menu.
Font List Print (PS)
Print list of PS fonts.
600 Model : Enter (Print Information Selection) Enter (PS Font Selec-
tion) Enter (Execute) Enter
1200 Model : Enter (Print Page Selection) Enter (PS Font List Selection)
Enter
Font List Print (PCL)
Print list of PCL fonts.
600 Model : Enter (Print Information Selection) Enter (PCL Font
Selection) Enter (Execute) Enter
1200 Model : Enter (Print Page Selection) Enter (PCL Font List Selection)
Enter
Demo Print
Print the demo pattern for each destination on the ROM and HDD.
600 Model : Enter (Print Information Selection) Enter (Demo Page Selection)
Enter (DEMO1) Enter (Execute) Enter
1200 Model : Enter (Print Page Selection) Enter (Demo Page
Selection) Enter
Ethernet Board Self-Diagnosis

If an Ethernet board is mounted, then print the self-diagnostic results of the Ethernet board.
Operations : Press Panel Switch or Ethernet Board Switch (600 Model only)
600 Model : Enter (Print Information Selection) Enter Enter (Network Selection)
Enter (Execute)
1200 Model : None (Configuration Print)
44043511TH Rev.2 166 /

5.2 Adjustment After Replacing Parts

The following describes the adjustments necessary when replacing parts.
Color drift adjustment and correction is constantly necessary.
Replacement Parts Adjustment Details

LED head Unnecessary
Drum Cartridge (Y, M, C, K) Unnecessary
Fuser Unit Unnecessary
Belt Cassette Assy Unnecessary
PU (600dpi : S2X)
Assemble EEPROM used with the PCB before it was replaced. *Note 1
PU (1200dpi : S2V)
CU (600dpi: TBX PCB) Assemble EEPROM used with the PCB before it was replace *Note 2
Assemble EEPROM, HDD, Keychip (used with the PCB before it was
CU (1200dpi: AS3 PCB)
replaced.) *Note 3
Paper Thickness Detection Sensitivity Correction and Media Thickness
Paper Thickness Sensor Assy
Detection Value Test
*Note 1 : When using a new EEPROM for the PU (S2X PCB), the paper thickness detection sensitivity shall be corrected.
*Note 2 : When a new EEPROM is used for the CU board of 600 dpi system, adjust it to customers setting. It the customer
has registered files in the Flash, restore them (Form overlay and the like).
*Note 3 : When replacing the CU board, HDD, or EEPROM of the 1200-dpi system, follow the instructions given in the
annexed table.
5.2.1 Precautions when Replacing the Engine Control PCB

When replacing the Engine Control PCB (S2X/S2V PCB) remove the EEPROM from the old PCB.
Then mount it on the new PCB. (For Error other than Engine EEPROM Error)
If on the Operation Panel, a “SERVICE CALL 104 (Engine EEPROM Error)” is displayed, replace
with new EEPROM. In this case execute the procedures described in Section 5.2.2.
5.2.2 Precautions Upon EEPROM Replacement

When replacing the Engine Control PCB (S2X/S2V PCB), if the EEPROM was removed but not
mounted on the new PCB, or if the EEPROM is replaced with a new EEPROM, then the Version
Read Function (Fuse Cut) has become invalid. For this reason, there is a need to use the PJL
command to switch the Factory Mode to the Shipping Mode to activate the new EEPROM.
[Details]
1. To set the Shipping Mode, send the applicable PJL File to the printer.
2. To apply the setting, restart the printer or send a reboot command (PJL File) to the
printer.
[Procedure]
Execute the following procedures from the MS-DOS prompt.
1. Copy/b Pjl_ship.bin prn
2. Copy/b Pjl_reboot.bin prn
or Turn OFF/ON power source.
[Necessary PjlFile]
1. Pjl_ship.bin
2. Pjl_reboot.bin
44043511TH Rev.2 167 /

Note! When replacing the EEPROM, the belt, toner, ID and other life information will be
cleared. This will result in an error in life management until the next unit replacement
time. Be careful of this dif ference. The count that is cleared with EEPROM
replacement is as follows. Since everything other than “Total Sheets Feed” will be
cleared when each unit is replaced with a new one, the error is resolved at this point.
Item Details Count Details

Fuser Fuser Life Count The number of printouts are converted into
number of Letter Sheets, from when the new
fuser unit is assembled.
Transfer Belt Transfer Belt Life Count The number of printouts are converted into
number of Letter Sheets, from when the new
belt unit is assembled.
Black Imaging DrumCyan Imaging Drum Life Count of The number of turn around is converted into
Imaging DrumMagenta Each Color number of Letter Sheets, from when the new
Imaging DrumYellow ID unit is assembled.
Imaging Drum
Total Sheets Feed Unit Life Count Total number of printouts.
Black ImpressionsCyan Total Number of Printout The number of printouts from when the new
ImpressionsMagenta Sheets ID unit is assembled.
ImpressionsYellow
Impressions
44043511TH Rev.2 168 /

5.2.3 CU PCB of 1200 dpi Printer and Replacement of Mounted Components
Nonvolatile memory and a combination (at field)

Component Adjustment Recovery Unrecoverable item
AS3 PCB Mount the EEOROM, Keychip, HDD As the MAC address is None
used for the old AS3 PCB(EEPROM changed, the password to login
and Keychip are not mounted on a in the web page has to be
maintenance AS3 PCB) changed
HDD After a new HDD is mounted on • The user settings stored in If the fonts are not backed up,
the AS3 PCB, perform the Factory the HDD will be lost. Set they cannot be restored.
Default (the EEOROM setting data necessary parameters
are copied to the HDD). again.
• If static IP is selected for the
network setting, it shall be
set again.
• The clock shall be set again.
• User-installed fonts will be
lost. These can be restored
using the backup utility.
EEPROM • Choose a maintenance EEPROM • The user settings stored in • The page count in the
for the model. the HDD will be lost. Set EEPROM of the CU will be
• After a maintenance EEPROM is necessary parameters lost and Color/Monochrome
mounted on the AS3 PCB, perform again. Page will be returned to zero.
the Factory Default (the EEPROM • If static IP is selected for the When the number of printed
data are copied to the HDD). network setting, it shall be sheets and other information
set again. are necessary, print out the
• The clock shall be set again. engine maintenance menu.
• The user-installed fonts will
be lost.
KeyChip After a new Key Chip is mounted on The user settings stored in
the AS3 PCB, perform the Factory the HDD will be lost. Set
Default. necessary parameters again.
* Factory Default Procedure

Operator panel operation: Hold down [MENU +] or [MENU -] key and choose "Admin Set up."
"Do you want to continue setting?" appears. Choose "Yes." "Offline ... Starting setting ...
Please wait" appears. Press [MENU -] key and choose "Factory Defaults." Choose "Yes."
Reboot.
44043511TH Rev.2 169 /

5.2.4 Precautions in Key Chip Replacement (1200dpi printer)

EFI's controller PCB for a 1200 dpi printer(AS3), 1200dpi has an EEPROM called Key Chip. The
Key Chip contains EFI's management information. If the Key Chip is not mounted, the AS3 PCB
won't work.
If the error message "This is not an authorized program 001" as shown in "7.5.1 LCD Message
List" appears, replace the Key Chip with a new Key Chip. The removed Key Chip shall be re-
turned to the ODC. The Key Chip is very expensive, as the royalty fee is included. Take great
care in handling it.
5.2.4.1 KeyChip type

There are three type of keychip.
Keychip for AS3 (1200dpi printer and 600dpi)
This keychip is used for all Roman and Japanese-Heisei/Morisawa model.
44043511TH Rev.2 170 /

5.2.5 Precautions in EEPROM Replacement (1200 dpi printer)

When a 1200-dpi printer displays a message Unauthorized Software 004/SoftwareNotAuthorised
004 on its operation panel, does not properly print its model name in printing its configuration,
or causes a toner mismatch error, its EEPROM may be faulty, or may be rewritten with new
data. When such an error is not remedied by executing FactoryDefault, the EEPROM should be
replaced with maintenance EEPROM (FactoryDefault should be executed after the EEPROM is
replaced).
The maintenance EEPROM for a 1200 dpi printer is prepared separately for each model with
the model No. and other data written in advance at Fukushima factory. This is to eliminate the
necessity to download the file from a PC during replacement on site.
44043511TH Rev.2 171 /

5.2.6 Precautions in HDD Replacement (1200 dpi printer)

HDD storage values are used for various set ups, such as network and model serial No. etc. in
1200dpi printer (EFI model.) If HDD is changed due to a trouble shooting or error message, it is
necessary to re-setup the user set information, which has not saved in the EEPROM after coping
the information stored in the EEPROM into HDD.
See below for the procedure.
Configuration print should take place before a change or addition of HDD.
(It is used for reference for later resetting.)
Change HDD (keep the power off to execute.)
Execute the factory default (see 5.2.7 for details)
(Information stored in the EEPROM such as the model name and P&P will be copied
into HDD.)
Execute configuration print. Re-setup if not corresponded to the result of .
The removed HDD shall be returned to the ODC (JPN/AOS), ODA (North America), OEL (EMEA).
The HDD label is very expensive, as the royalty fee is included. Take great care in handling it.
The royalty fee varies from program to program (GA is more expensive than Std). Make sure the
program is correct
44043511TH Rev.2 172 /

5.2.7 Product Code of Maintenance HDD (1200 dpi printer)

The maintenance HDD's have different product codes according to program type and version.
When ordering a maintenance HDD, be sure to choose the HDD with the same program type
and version as those for the currently used HDD.
The program versions of maintenance HDDs of 1200-dpi printers should not be updated by
replacing the HDDs; the EEPROM data of the printers may be lost.
When you order a maintenance HDD, choose a suitable HDD type and the latest Program version
from Recommend Spare Parts List.
Maintenance HDD
Maintenance HDD AS3 part No.
4391281 1
Program version 1 : Rev 1
2 : Rev 2
...
HDD type 0 : default installed drive

1 : C930 maintenance drive
Maintenance HDD for RoHS list
Applied Model Parts No.
C930 (KOREA) 4391286X
C930 (ODA) 4391287X
*(X : 1, 2, 3, ....)
*The parts that 'X' is the maximum is the latest.
Refer to Recommend Spare Parts List (44043501TR).
Design of HDD management labels has changed.

(Patch column is added so that the released Patch file for firmware modification can be recorded.)
It should mark up the Patch column if it takes place.
A new label should be attached on an old one to mark up HDD Rev. and Patch when it takes
place for an old label HDD.
Note! Release and application of Patch file is specified in FCO.
44043511TH Rev.2 173 /

5.2.8 Setup of EEPROM after replacement of TBX PCB

When the TBX PCB is replaced, it is necessary for the new replacement PCB to take over the
user-settings that the user has been using to that point, as well as the font install information.
For this, copy the EEPROM by the Maintenance Utility, and set up the CU Serial No. However,
if SERVICE CALL 40 is issued and the old EEPROM cannot be used, use the new PCB,
and set the CU Serial No.(See Subsection 5.4.2.2) and check the setup of destination (See
Subsection 5.4.3).
Meanwhile, in the case of the PCB, the EEPROM can be swapped directly between a new
PCB and an old one. In this case, the CU Serial No. setup and destination setup are not
required.
Replacement of EEPROM after replacement of PCB

The EEPROM of the PCB is installed in the IC socket. Replace the EEPROM in the following
manner:
1. Remove the EEPROM and MAC address sticker label attached to the new PCB.
2. Insert a flat-tipped screwdriver in between the EEPROM of the old PCB and the IC
socket, and take out the EEPROM, seeing to it that the leads of the EEPROM are not
bent.
3. Install the EEPROM in the new PCB. In this operation, make sure that the silk print of the
EEPROM and that of the PCB match in the same direction.
4. Remove the MAC address sticker label of the old PCB, and paste it to the new PCB.
EEPROM
MAC address label
44043511TH Rev.2 174 /

5.2.9 Setup of destination
[Checking method: Menu Map Print]

Always set the destination prior to shipping out a printer or maintenance PCB, since the default
setting is OEL.
Note! This setting is stored on the EEPROM of the TBX PCB.
1. Setup on the operation panel: Start the printer in the maintenance mode, and set the
destination.
• Turn on the power with the MENU+ and MENU- key held down.
• "Maintenance Menu" will be displayed briefly, which will change to "OKIUSER".
• Press the MENU+ key to select the destination setting "OKIUSER" and press the
ENTER key.
• "OEL" will appear in the lower line of the LCD.
• Press the ENTER key, select the destination by operating the MENU+ or MENU- key,
and press the ENTER key.
• Press the BACK key to define the setting. "APS"
• Press the BACK key twice, or the ONLINE key once. This will cause the printer to restart
with the destination modified.
2. Explanation
This setting is stored on the EEPROM of the TBX PCB.
When the version number of the program ROM is changed, the setting will be reset to the
default value.
Make this setup when there is no destination set up or the version number of the program
has been changed.
44043511TH Rev.2 175 /

5.2.10 Versions of firmware for maintenance purpose (600 dpi printers)

CU firmware is written into an on-board Flash ROM.
Each firmware version is indicated on a label as illustrated below.
Because boards are shipped with firmware of the current version at the time of placement of
an order, consultation is required to place an order for a board for maintenance purpose with
firmware of an earlier version.
Firmware Version Record

CU F/W NIC F/W Loader
ROM 43927801FY01 43927801FY02 43927801FY03
Date Remarks
Revision Web
Revision File Rev. NIC F/W File Rev. Revision File Rev.
Page
5 2009.09.04 B1.14 5 01.05 W1.02 3 L01.00 1 1st lot~
Check and display

(1) Perform "Configuration" and confirm the updated of F/W version.
(2) Paint out ROM label stuck on the location of the figure below according to the
rewritten F/W revision.
Revision label location
Example 1
Revision label details
Rev. 1
1 2 3 4 5
Example 2
Rev. 4
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
1 2 3 4 5
44043511TH Rev.2 176 /

5.3 Density Correction

When the printer is shipped, the Automatic Density Correction Mode is set to “On”. If it is set to “Off”
there may be drifting during use. Set this if there is any problem with the density.
Note! Set this when the printer is not running (Stop State). Do not set this while the printer
is warming up.
(1) Press the [MENU+] or [MENU-] key several times to select [Calibration]. Then press
the [ENTER] key.
(2) Press the [MENU+] or [MENU-] key to display the [Adjust Density/Execute].
(3) Press the [ENTER] key.
Automatic Density Correction starts.
44043511TH Rev.2 177 /

5.4 Paper Thickness Detection/Sensitivity Correction

A maintenance utility is supported as an object for field maintenance. (Refer to the maintenance
utility for the usage)
Overview
The sensitivity of the micro-displacement sensor used as the media thickness detector are not
uniform in detection sensitivity. To learn the sensitivity of that unit’s sensor beforehand, there is a
need to pass a media source with a priorly known thickness through the detector. The sensitivity
shall then be detected based on the output value of the sensor.
Adjustments are necessary when replacing the Paper Thickness Sensor, Resist Roller and PU
PCB.
Prepare four media sources with a thickness already measured with a micrometer (MDQ-30M,
MDQ-30). Then pass those sheets through the MP Tray. The media thickness sensitivity
correction value is automatically set with the 3 sheets. Then the media thickness detection
value is tested with the 4th sheet.
Media Used : Transparency Sheet (42404301)
Paper Thickness Detection Error : ±10μm or less
Panel Display
Diagnostics mode
Press the triangle ( )

a few times.
Press Triangle ( ) Button Display SWITCH SCAN

until Panel Display Is:
Press Enter.
Press the triangle ( ) a few times.
Press Enter.
Zero Point Value
Display REG L/R xxx WEIGHT

Check Panel Display Is:
1=*** 2=*** 3=*** 4=***
4=***
Weight sensor output displayed
at three asterisks [***].
Value changed by turning adjustment screw.
Use Precision Screwdriver (Flathead) to
Turn Adjustment Screw to Adjust Value to
Range FAh to 15Eh (Target 12C (Hex)).
Turn Off Printer.
44043511TH Rev.2 178 /

Turned counterclockwise Turned clockwise to

to decrease value. increase value.
Screw adjusted by using precision screwdriver (flatbed).
44043511TH Rev.2 179 /

6. Routine Replacement
6.1 Routine Replacement of Consumable Parts

We recommend that the user periodically replaces the following parts according to the guideline
indicated. (Note that failure to replace these parts may result in malfunction and will not guaranty
quality printout.)
Post-Replacement
Part Replacement Period Replacement Condition Adjustment
Heavy Duty Toner When the following display appears. When printing 15,000
Cartridge "Insert toner." sheets.
Toner Cartridge When printing 5,000
sheets.
Image Drum Cartridge When the following display appears. When printing 20,000
"Replace drum." sheets. (3P/J)
Fuser Unit When the following display appears. When printing 100,000
"Replace fuser." sheets.
Belt Unit When the following display appears. When printing 100,000
"Replace belt." sheets. (3P/J)
Paper Supply Roller When mis-feed frequently occurs. When printing 120,000
(The number of sheets in the cassette sheets. (Guideline)
must be appropriate)
Waste Toner Box Replace when "Replace the waste
toner box" appears.
Note! 1. Supplies (image drum, toner cartridge, fuser and belt unit) are not included.
2. The circuit boards, such as Power Supply PCB, PU PCB and CU PCB, are not in-
cluded.
The user shall be held responsible in periodically replacing these consumable parts.
6.2 Cleaning
Accordingly clean the inside and outside of the C910 using a cloth and compact vacuum cleaner
(hand-cleaner).
Note! NEVER touch the imaging drum terminal, LED lens array or LED head connector.
6.3 LED Lens Array Cleaning

Clean the LED lens array if a white band, white stripe (white-out, light printing) occurs in the ver-
tical direction of the printout.
Note! ALWAYS use a LED head cleaner or soft tissue paper to clean the LED lens array.
NEVER use methyl alcohol (isopropyl alcohol; rubbing alcohol), thinner or other sol-
vents to clean the lens since this may damage the surface of the lens. (A LED head
cleaner comes with the toner cartridge package)
White Band, White Stripe

(White-out, Light Printout)
44043511TH Rev.2 180 /

Cleaning LED Head

Do the cleaning in case of light print, white line, or blurred print.
(1) Grasp the Top Cover Handle and open the Top Cover.
Do not touch it.The Fuser Unit is very hot. Do not touch it.
Top Cover Handle Top Cover
(2) Gently wipe the lens surface of the LED Head (4 places) using the LED lens cleaner or
soft tissue.
Note! Do not use solvents such as methyl alcohol or thinner as they will damage the lens
surface.
Memo An LED lens cleaner is enclosed in an optional replacement toner cartridge.
Lens surface of LED Head
Head Cover
(3) Close the Top Cover.
6.4 Pickup Roller Cleaning

Clean the pickup roller if there is any problem with paper feeding.
Note! Use a soft cloth, etc. with alcohol to clean the roller surface, with care not to scratch
or damage the surface during the process.
44043511TH Rev.2 181 /

6.5 Cleaning Feed Roller

Clean the Feed Rollers when paper jams occur frequently. Three Feed Rollers are provided for
each tray. Cleaning method for the Trays 1 to 5 (Trays 2 to 5 are optional) is different from that
for the Multipurpose Tray.
Tool: Soft wet cloth
Trays 1 to 5
The cleaning procedure below takes the Tray 1 as an example. The Trays 2 to 5 (optional)
are cleaned in the same procedure.
(1) Take off your wristwatch, bracelets and any other similar accessories.
(2) Turn off power of the printer.
See page 19 for how to turn off power.
OFF
(3) Open the Tray 1 Side Cover.
Tray 1 Side Cover
(4) Draw out the Tray 1 fully.
Draw the Tray until it stops. While lifting it, draw out the Tray fully.
Tray 1
44043511TH Rev.2 182 /

(5) Put your hand into the opening where the Tray has been placed. Clean the three Feed
Rollers using a soft wet cloth.
If it is hard to wipe the roller, put your hand from the Tray 1 Side Cover.
Feed Roller (3 rollers)
(6) Insert the Tray 1 back into place.
Tray 1
(7) Close the Tray 1 Side Cover.
Paper Guide Tray 1 Side Cover
Cleaning of the Feed Rollers is completed.
44043511TH Rev.2 183 /

Multipurpose Tray
(1) Press the button on the right of the printer to open the Multipurpose Tray.
Button
(2) Open the Paper Support and move the Paper Guide slightly to the center.
Paper Guide
Paper Support
(3) Move the lever on the right of the Multipurpose Tray at the joint of the tray and the printer
into the position as shown below.
Lever
44043511TH Rev.2 184 /

(4) While lifting the Multipurpose Tray slightly with your right hand, push the lever inward with
your left hand and loosen it.
Lever
(5) Just as in (3) above, move the lever on the left of the Multipurpose Tray at the joint of the
tray and the printer into the position as shown below.
Lever
(6) While lifting the Multipurpose Tray slightly with your left hand, push the lever inward with
your right hand and loosen it.
Lever
(7) Move the loosened portions towards the printer. The cover will rise and the Feed Rollers
will be revealed.
(8) Put your finger into the hole under the rollers and open the cover in the arrow direction.
44043511TH Rev.2 185 /

(9) Clean the three Feed Rollers using a soft wet cloth.
(10) Close the cover.
(11) Hold the joints of the printer and the Multipurpose Tray with both hands and lower the
cover.
(12) While lifting the right edge of the Multipurpose Tray slightly, insert the protrusion of the
lever as shown below.
Lever
(13) Move the lever into the position below.
Lever
44043511TH Rev.2 186 /

(14) While lifting the left edge of the Multipurpose Tray slightly, insert the protrusion of the lever
as shown below.
Lever
(15) Move the lever into the position below.
Lever
(16) Widen the Paper Guide and fold the Paper Support.
(17) Close the Multipurpose Tray.
Cleaning of the Feed Rollers is completed.
44043511TH Rev.2 187 /

7. Malfunction Repair Procedure

7.1 Precautions Before Repairs
(1) Check the basic inspection items indicated in the User’s Manual.
(2) Learn from the customer the details on when malfunction occurs.
(3) Inspect the state that closely resembles the state of a malfunction.
7.2 Items to Check Before Remedying Abnormal Image

(1) Is the environmental conditions of this equipment appropriate?
(2) Have the consumable parts (toner, drum cartridge) been properly replaced?
(3) Is there anything wrong with the paper? Refer to the paper specification for more
details on this.
(4) Is the drum cartridge properly set?
7.3 Precautions Before Remedying Abnormal Image

(1) Do not touch OPC drum surface with hand or foreign substance.
(2) Do not expose the OPC drum to direct sunlight.
(3) The fuser unit is hot. Therefore, do not touch with hands.
(4) Do not expose the image drum to more than 5 minutes of light. This includes room
lighting, as well.
7.4 Troubleshooting Preparations

(1) Operation Panel Display
The troubleshooting state of this machine will be displayed on the LCD (Liquid Crys-
tal Display) of the operator panel.
Take appropriate repair/maintenance measures according to the message displayed
on the LCD.
7.5 Troubleshooting
When this printer troubleshoots, find the cause of trouble using the following procedure.
Troubleshooting
Repair the malfunction Repair the malfunction in

Trouble is displayed
using the "LCD Message detail using the
on LCD as a
List". (Refer to Section troubleshooting flow chart.
message.
7.5.1) (Refer to Section 7.5.2)
Abnormal image Repair the malfunction in

(and trouble that is detail using the
not displayed as troubleshooting flow chart.
message on LCD). (Refer to Section 7.5.3)
44043511TH Rev.2 188 /

7.5.1 LCD Message List

When the printer detects errors that can be restored, it displays a service call error on the LCD,
as shown below.
Service Call
nnn: Error
Note! nnn is an Error code.
When a service call is displayed, the error code and accompanying error information is displayed
on the bottom row of the LCD. The meaning of the error code and the overview of the remedies
are indicated in Table 7-1-1.
Table 7-1-1 Operator Alarm (1/9)
Display Cause Error Description and Analysis Judgement Remedy

Service Call A heavy trouble of the Is the error display reproducible? Yes Power OFF/ON
001: Error CU substrate (defective Is the error display reproducible? Yes Replace CU PCB.
substrate or power supply (Must replace EEPROM)
capacity shortage) was
detected.
Service Call This stems from a variety Record three digital numbers below
Power off/on of causes.For analyzing LCD column.
nnn: Fatal Error causes, record three Restart with OFF/ON? Yes Notify three digital numbers below
PC: nnnnnnnn numbers (called program LCD column and F/W version.
LR: nnnnnnnn counting value) indicated No Check if it occurs depending on a
FR: nnnnnnnn below LCD column and a print data.
002: Error printer firmware version. Does an error occur in a particular Yes Request for print data
to [Cause] print data? investigation.
007: Error Unmatched print No Change RAM DIMM or ROM
data and printer FW DIMM.
Damaged EEPROM Is the error display reproducible? Yes Replace CU PCB. (Must replace
data EEPROM)
Defect ROM DIMM Is the error display reproducible? Yes Initialize EEPROM.
or RAM DIMM Is the error display reproducible? No Re-execute Network setup, such
Defect components etc. as user setup etc. for use.
of CPU and ASIC Yes Change the printer.
Others Keep on an
alyzing causes if an error
still remains.
Above mentioned
to are likelihood
of causes.
Service Call CU Font ROM Detected a Font Data hash check Replace CU PCB.
025: Error Hash Error1 error. (Must replace EEPROM)
(Japan Model only)
Service Call CU Resident Is the error display reproducible? Yes Replace CU PCB.
030: Error RAM Check Error (Must replace EEPROM)
Service Call CU Slot1 DIMM Is the applicable RAM DIMM mounted No Re-mount applicable RAM DIMM.
031: Error RAM Check Error properly? Replace RAM DIMM.
Is operation restored by replacing the Yes Replace CU PCB.
applicable RAM DIMM? No (Must replace EEPROM)
Service Call Slot2 RAM Spec error Is this a standard RAM DIMM? Is the No Use a standard RAM DIMM.
037: Error Specification of DIMM in CU applicable RAM DIMM difference No Re-mount applicable RAM DIMM.
RAM slot2 is unsupported. mounted normal? Replace RAM DIMM.
Is operation restored by replacing the Yes Replace CU PCB.
applicable RAM DIMM? No (Must replace EEPROM)
Service Call CU EEPROM Is the problem corrected by replacing Yes REPLACE EEPROM.
040: Error ERROR the CU PCB EEPROM? (User must correct environmental
conditions)
No Replace CU PCB.
(Must replace EEPROM)
Service Call CU FLASH Is the error display reproducible? Yes Replace CU PCB.
041: Error ERROR (Must replace EEPROM)
CU PCB flash
ROM error
44043511TH Rev.2 189 /


Service Call CU PCB flash ROM error Failed to access flash memory that is Replace CU PCB
042: Error Flash File System Error surface-mounted on CU PCB. (Must replace EEPROM) *1
to
045: Error
Service Call PS+PCL Model CU ROM is Is a standard model program ROM Replace Program ROM DIMM.
048: Error mounted on a PCL model mounted? No Replace with standard program
unit. Check whether the program for the ROM DIMM officially for the model.
A program for PostScript and model of the printer is written on the Replace the CU board with a CU
PCL models was written on printer. board for the model of the printer.
the PCL mode.
Service Call CU Type Mismatch CU Is a standard model program ROM Replace Program ROM DIMM.
049: Error ROM model mismatches mounted? No Replace with standard program
unit. Check whether the program for the ROM DIMM officially for the model.
model of the printer is written on the Replace the CU board with a CU
printer. board for the model of the printer.
Service Call Operator Panel Error Is the error display reproducible? Yes Refer to the flowchart on “Failure
050: Error to appear on LCD”.
Service Call CU FAN ERROR Is the connection of the CU PCB No Normally connect.
051: Error CPU cooling fan of CU PCB normal? Yes Replace fan.
is abnormal. Replace and restore fan? No Replace CU PCB.
Power Off/on Image Processor Driver Is the error display reproducible? Power OFF/ON
052: Error Error Replace CU PCB.
(Replace EEPROM)
Power Off/on Parallel Interface Driver Is the error display reproducible? Power OFF/ON
060: Error Error Replace CU PCB.
(Replace EEPROM)
Power Off/on USB Drive Error Is the error display reproducible? Is Power OFF/ON
062: Error the Network PCB properly mounted? Replace CU PCB.
(Replace EEPROM)
Power Off/on Network comm. Does replacement of the network PCB No Properly mount
063: Error Error H/W I/F abnormality correct the problem? Yes Replace Network
between CU-NIC. No Replace CU PCB.
Power Off/on CANT_HAPPEN Check if problem is corrected by No Replace CU PCB.
070: Error PS Firmware Abnormality turning OFF/ON Power/ (Must replace EEPROM)
Detection
Power Off/on Engine communication error Is the CU Assy properly mounted? No Properly mount
072: Error I/F Error between PU-CU. Does replacement of the CU Yes Replace CU PCB.
PCB correct the problem? (Must replace EEPROM)
No Replace PU PCB
Power Off/on Video overrun detect Is the CU Assy properly mounted? No Properly mount
073: Error Does replacement of the CU Replace CU PCB.
to PCB correct the problem? Yes (Must replace EEPROM)
075: Error
Service Call Parameter Match Check Normal Read/Write not possible with If the condition does not change
081: Error Error EEPROM or Flash. replace CU PCB.
Service Call Finisher Unrestorable Error Is the error display reproducible? If turning OFF and ON the
096: Error power again does not correct
the problem, maintenance by a
servicing personnel is necessary.
Service Call Inverter power supply Error Is the error display reproducible? If turning OFF and ON the
097: Error power again does not correct
the problem, maintenance by a
servicing personnel is necessary.
Service Call When turning ON the power, Does the Error take place again? Replace engine control PCB
104: Error detected error in engine (S2X).
EEPROM test total.
Service Call When turning ON the Is there an EEPROM? Yes Check to see if there is an EEPROM.
105: Error power, failed to detect the If not, mount an EEPROM.
EEPROM (presence). No Mount the EEPROM.
Does the Error take place again? Yes Replace engine control PCB
(S2X).
44043511TH Rev.2 190 /


Service Call Error detected in engine Does the Error take place again? Yes Replace engine control PCB
106: Error control logic. (S2X).
Service Call An optional unit for another Is the proper optional unit for that No Mount the proper optional unit.
111: Error model was detected. model mounted? Check the connection. Then turn
to 111: Duplex unit No ON the power again. Replace the
117: Error 112: 2nd Tray unit if operations is not restored.
113: 3rd Tray
114: 4thTray
115: 5th Tray
116: Finisher
117: Inverter
Service Call High Voltage Power Supply 1) Is the PU PCB high voltage power No Connect properly
121: Error I/F Error cable properly connected? Yes Check to see if there is any
contact-defects in the high voltage
system.
2) Does the Error take place again? Yes Replace High Voltage Power Unit
Service Call Sensor detects an 1) Is an Error message displayed? Yes Turn ON power again.
123: Error inappropriate relative 2) Does the Error take place again? Yes Replace the environmental
humidity for the operating sensor.
environment.
Service Call Sensor detects an 1) Is an Error message displayed? Yes Turn ON power again.
124: Error inappropriate room 2) Does the Error take place again? Yes Replace the environmental
temperature for the sensor.
operating environment.
Service Call Error detected in MPT home 1) Is an Error message displayed? Yes Turn ON power again.
125: Error position. 2) Does the Error take place again? Yes Replace MPT.
Turn OFF the Sensor Dew Error Sensor Dew Error Detected Wait a while then turn ON power
power and wait again.
for awhile.
126: Dew Error
Service Call Engine FAN Error was detected in each fan. Is the applicable location of the
128: Error Motor Error 01: Fuser FAN Error fan connection normal?
02: Power FAN Error If the condition does not change
03: PU Motor FAN Error Replace fan.
04: Belt FAN Error
05: IDFAN Error
06: Top Cover FAN Error
Service Call After turning ON the power 1) Is an Error message displayed? Yes Check the LED head unit.
131: Y Head or when cover is closed, the 2) Is the LED head properly No Turn ON power again.
132: M Head sensor detects that the unit mounted?
133: C Head is missing. 3) Does the Error take place again? Yes Replace the LED head Assy.
134: K Head
Service Call Color ID up/down error is 1) Is an Error message displayed? Yes Turn ON power again.
140: Y detected. 2) Does the Error take place again? Yes Confirm that the Y, M, and C ID
141: M units are in position, and reboot.
142: Error
Service Call This is indicated when the 1) Is the toner lock-lever-open error Yes Confirm that the lever is in
144: Y ID toner feed switch error or indicated? position.
145: M ID the toner lock-lever-open 2) Does the problem persist even if Yes Replace the toner feed unit.
146: C ID error occurs repeatedly the ID units are replaced? No Replace the ID units.
147: K ID when new toner is used.
Service Call When ID unit fuse cannot Check if the ID Unit is normally Yes Check cable connection, then
150: Y be cut. mounted. replace engine PCB.
151: M
152: C
153: K
Service Call When belt unit fuse cannot Is the belt unit mounted normally? Yes Check cable connection, then
154: Error be cut. replace engine PCB.
Service Call When fuser unit fuse cannot Is the fuser unit mounted normally? Yes Check cable connection, then
155: Error be cut. replace engine PCB.
44043511TH Rev.2 191 /


Service Call Toner sensor detected error. 1) Is an Error message displayed? Yes Replace toner sensor or Assy
160: Y Toner (SGG-PCB).
161: M Toner 2) Does the Error take place again? Yes Replace toner sensor or Assy
162: C Toner (SGG-PCB).
163: K Toner
Service Call Thermistor Slope Error 1) Is an Error message displayed? Yes Turn ON power again.
167: Error 2) Does the Error take place again? Yes Leave in that state for 30 minutes
then turn ON power again.
Service Call Compensation Thermistor 1) Is an Error message displayed? Yes Turn ON power again.
168: Error Error 2) Does the Error take place again? Yes Leave in that state for 30 minutes
Service Call Upper Side Thermistor Error 1) Is an Error message displayed? Yes Turn ON power again.
169: Error 2) Does the Error take place again? Yes Leave in that state for 30 minutes
Service Call Fuser Thermistor short- 1) Is an Error message displayed? Yes Turn ON power again.
170: Error circuit or Open is detected 2) Does the Error take place again? Yes Leave in that state for 30 minutes
171: Error (High Temperature (HOT) or then turn ON power again.
174: Error Low Temperature (COLD))
175: Error
Service Call Thermistor indicates High 1) Is an Error message displayed? Yes Turn ON power again.
172: Error Temperature (HOT) Error. 2) Does the Error take place again? Yes Leave in that state for 30 minutes
176: Error then turn ON power again.
Service Call Thermistor indicates Low 1) Is an Error message displayed? Yes Turn ON power again.
173: Error Temperature (COLD) Error. 2) Does the Error take place again? Yes Leave in that state for 30 minutes
177: Error then turn ON power again.
Service Call Wrong Fuser Standard 1) Is the model and power voltage of No Assemble the proper fuser.
179: Error the fuser mounted proper? Yes Check to see that the fuser is
properly assemble.
2) Fuser is properly mounted, but Yes Replace fuser.
Error results again.
Service Call The engine detects com- 1) Is an Error message displayed? Yes Turn ON power again.
180: Error munication is not possible 2) Does the Error take place again? Yes Replace optional unit.
to with the optional unit.
186: Error 180:Envelope Feeder
(Unused)
181:Duplex unit
182:Tray2 unit
183:Tray3 unit
184:Tray4 unit
185:Tray5 unit
186:Finisher unit
Service Call Communication with control Is the control panel and cable No Connect properly
187: Error panel failed. connected properly? Yes Replace the control panel and
cable.
Service Call Sub-CPU I/F Error Sub-CPU Communication Error Check the connection of the S2P
188: Error board.
Replace the S2P board.
Service Call Inverter Unit I/F Error 1) Inverter communications error Yes Check the connection of the I/F
189: Error cable.
2) Does the Error take place again? Yes Replace the V72-13 board.
Service Call System Memory Overflow System Memory Overflow Power OFF/ON
190: Error Replace CU PCB. (Replace
EEPROM)
Service Call PU Firm Download Error Error occurred when downloading PU After turning ON the power again,
200: Error firmware. try downloading again.
to (This process isn’t executed for
202: Error regular operations, therefore, will
not occur)
Power Custom Media Table Failed to download custom media After turning ON the power again,
On/off209: Download Error table. try downloading again.
DOWNLOAD (This process isn’t executed for
ERROR regular operations, therefore, will
not occur)
44043511TH Rev.2 192 /


Service Call CU Program Dysfunction Detected illegal process with CU Yes Write down the 24 digit number
203: Error program. displayed on the LCD panel and
204: Error report it.
207: Error Turn OFF the power. Then check
to the insertion of the CU board.
213: Error Now turn ON the power again.
Power Off/on
nnn: p
0xFOC: Error
0xFOD: Error
0xFFE: Error
0xFFF: Error
Service Call RFID Reader not Installed 1) RFID read device error Yes Check the connection of the RFID
230: Error R/W board.
2) Does the Error take place again? Yes Replace the RFID R/W board.
Replace the S2X board.
Service Call RFID Reader I/F Error An interface error was detected with 01: Same action as for error 230
231: Error the RFID reader device. 02: Replace the RFID R/W
01: communication error between the board.
RFID reader and the engine PCB. 03: Check the connection of the
02: the transceiver circuit error of the antenna cable.
RFID reader. 04: Check to confirm that the
03: communication error between number of Toner cartridge is
the RFID reader and the Toner correct.
cartridge.
04: the Toner cartridge detection error
(more than 4).
Service Call Engine Program Memory 240 :Flash-memory hardware error If the error still occurs after
240: Error Error 241 :Duplex flash-memory error rebooting, replace the circuit
to 242 :Optional tray-2 flash-memory board of the relevant unit.
245: Error error
247: Error 243:Optional tray-3 flash-memory error
248: Error 244 :Optional tray-4 flash-memory error
245 :Optional tray-5 flash-memory error
247 :Sub-CPU flash-memory error
248 :Inverter flash-memory error
Service Call Secure File Erasing Error The printer detected a secure-file Erase contents of HDD completely
250: Error erasure error. by using the disk erase function
(HDD ERASE).
Service Call Secure Disk Erasing Error The printer detected an error during Turn off and on the printer. When
251: Error data erasure on its HDD. this does not work, replace the
HDD.
Close the Cover The printer engine cover is 1) Check to see if the top cover is Yes Close top cover
Top Cover Open open. open.
2) Check to see if the cover switch is No Replace the cover switch.
Please see normal.
HELP for details
Reset fuser After turning ON the power 1) Is an Error message displayed? Yes Check how the fuser is mounted.
Fuser Error or when cover is closed, the 2) Is the fuser unit mounted properly? No Re-mount the fuser, then turn ON
sensor detects that the unit the power again.
Please see is missing. 3) Does the Error take place again? Yes Replace the Fuser Unit Assy.
HELP for details
Check paper When media is missing, 1) Has any abnormal substance get Yes Remove obstruction/impurity.
Paper thickness the sensor output value is mixed in with the sensor? No Normal
error outside the standard value. 2) Can the paper thickness detection
TRAY (Only for Factory Mode) be reset and restored by opening/
closing the tray?
Please see 3) Is operation restored by turning
HELP for details OFF/ON the power?
44043511TH Rev.2 193 /


Check paper Sensor Output Difference 1) Has any abnormal substance get Yes Remove obstruction/impurity.
Paper thickness Value Outside Standard mixed in with the sensor? No Normal
Error (Only for Factory Mode) 2) Can the paper thickness detection
TRAY be reset and restored by opening/
closing the tray?
Please see 3) Is operation restored by turning
HELP for details OFF/ON the power?
Check paper Media Detection Value 1) Is there any abnormal media Yes Remove the abnormal media.
Paper thickness Outside Standard mixed in?
error 2) Has the media been fed as
TRAYP overlapped sheets?
lease see
HELP for details
Check paper U-Heavy Mode Media Is there any abnormal media mixed Yes Remove the abnormal media.
Paper thickness Detection Value Outside in?
Error Standard
TRAY
Please see
HELP for details
Reset the belt After turning ON the power 1) Is an Error message displayed? Yes Check how the belt unit is
or when cover is closed, the mounted.
Please see sensor detects that the unit 2) Is the best unit properly mounted? No Remount the belt unit, then turn
HELP for details is missing. ON the power again.
3) Does the Error take place again? Yes Replace Belt Unit Assy.
Reset the image After turning ON the power 1) Is an Error message displayed? Yes Check how the ID is mounted.
drum or when cover is closed, the 2) Is the image drum properly Turn ON power again.
Please see sensor detects that the unit mounted?
HELP for details is missing. 3) Does the Error take place again? No Replace ID Unit Assy.
Replace with a ID Unit Life Is this immediately after replacing the Yes Check ID Unit Life.
new drum ID unit? No Replace ID Unit.
Drum Life Near-
End
COLOR
Please see
HELP for details
Replace with a Fuser Life (This takes Is this immediately after replacing the Yes Check Fuser Life.
new fuser place when the fuser life is fuser? No Replace fuser.
Fuser Life continually OFF)
Near-End
Please see
HELP for details
Replace with Notify Belt Life (Alarm) Print Is this immediately after replacing the Yes Check Belt Life.
new belt N-count worth by opening/ belt? No Replace belt.
Belt Life closing cover.
Near-End
Please see
HELP for details
Replace with If the Double Side Printer Are operations restored by re-inserting Yes Normal
new double- Unit is disassembled from the Double-Side Printer Unit? No Replace double-side printer unit
side printer unit this machine. or replace engine PCB.
Please see
HELP for details
Check Duplex Paper jam detected in Check paper jam in double-side Yes Remove the paper jam.
Please see double-side printer unit printer. No Check/replace double-side printer
HELP for details when turning over paper. unit.
Check Duplex Paper jam detected in Check paper jam in double-side Yes Remove the paper jam.
double-side printer unit. printer. No Check/replace double-side printer
Please see unit.
HELP for details
44043511TH Rev.2 194 /


Check Duplex Paper jam in paper supply Check misfeed in double-side printer Yes Remove the misfed paper, then
from the double-side printer unit. close cover.
Please see unit. No Check/replace double-side printer
HELP for details unit.
Open cover Paper jam in paper supply Check misfeed in the specified Yes Remove the misfed paper, insert
Paper Jam from Cassette 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5. cassette. the cassette.
COVER Please No Check/replace Cassette 1, 2, 3, 4
see HELP for or 5.
details
Open cover Paper jam detected 1) Check paper jam between Black Yes Remove the paper jam.
Paper JamTop between Black ID and fuser. ID and fuser.
cover 2) Check the load on the fuser unit. No Replace fuser unit.
Please see
HELP for details
Open cover Paper jam detected in fuser 1) Check for paper jam inside the Yes Remove the paper jam.
Paper JamTop or between fuser and paper fuser and between the Black ID
cover output area. and fuser.
2) Check if the paper output switch is No Replace paper output switch.
Please see normal.
HELP for details
Open cover Paper jam detected when Check the entrance or inside the Yes Remove the paper jam.
Paper Jam paper started to enter double-side printer for paper jam. No Check/replace double-side printer
Top cover double-side printer unit. unit.
Please see
HELP for details
Open cover Some sort of jam occurred JAM CHECK Yes Remove the paper jam.
Paper Jam in paper feed route.
Side cover
Please see
HELP for details
Open cover Paper jam detected 1) Check for paper jam around the Yes Remove the paper jam.
Paper Jam between cassette and black cassette and between the Black
COVER ID. ID.
2) Check to see if the paper entry No Replace the entry switch.
Please see switch is normal.
HELP for details
Check paper Printer engine detects paper 1) Is the paper a custom size? Yes Remedy Unnecessary
Paper size error that is abnormal (45mm or 2) Is the paper a standard size? Yes Adjust the cassette paper size
TRAY more) according to setting. guide.
No Paper Size Switch Replace.
Please see
HELP for details
Change Toner One of the toners are almost 1) The specified toner cartridge is Yes Replace with a new toner kit.
COLOR empty. almost empty.
2) Check to see if the specified toner No Replace the specified toner
Please see sensor is normal. sensor.
HELP for details
Remove paper Paper Output Stacker is Full 1) Check if the stacker is full. Yes Remove paper from stacker.
Stacker 2) Check if the Stacker Full Sensor No Replace the Stacker Full Sensor.
Please see activator is normal.
HELP for details
Insert paper Specified Cassette is Out- 1) Check if MT is Out-Of-Paper. Yes Put paper in MT.
MP Tray Of-Paper or removed. Or 2) Check and see if the out-of-paper No Replace Out-Of-Paper Sensor.
MEDIA SIZE the cassette used in the sensor activator is normal.
printing process is out-of-
Please see paper.
HELP for details
44043511TH Rev.2 195 /


Insert paper Cassette 1, 2, 3, 4or 5 has 1) Check and see if the specified Yes Put paper in specified cassette.
TRAY been detected to be Out-Of- cassette is out-of-paper. No Replace the corresponding out-
MEDIA SIZE Paper 2) Check and see if the out-of-paper of-paper sensor.
sensor activator is normal.
Please see
HELP for details
Replace Fuser Fuser Counter 1) Is an Error message displayed? Yes Check the Fuser Unit Life.
Exceed Life 2) Is this immediately after the fuser No Replace the fuser immediately or
unit was replaced? at the next maintenance.
Tray*Paper Paper Near-End Detection Is the tray paper level low? (less than Yes Refill with paper.
Almost Finished about 30 sheets) No Check Paper Near-End Sensor.
File system Cannot write to HDD. Is there any error in the operational No Check the manual usage
access error procedures? procedures.
<n> Yes HDD malfunction.
Replace HDD.
Power Off/on GDDC Error 910 :Tray1 GDDC Error Check to confirm that the tray is
910: Error 911 :Tray2 GDDC Error mounted correctly.
to 912 :Tray3 GDDC Error Replace the geared motor of the
914: Error 913 :Tray4 GDDC Error tray.
914 :Tray3 GDDC Error
Power Off/on Belt Slit Sensor Error The belt is not running properly. Check to confirm that the belt is
917: Error Does the error message still appear mounted correctly.
after rebooting? Yes Replace the belt.
Power Off/on Duplex FAN0 Alarm Error of the fan in the duplex unit Check to confirm that the duplex
918: Error Detection unit is mounted correctly.
Does the error still occur after Yes Check the connection of the fan.
rebooting? Yes Replace the fan.
Power Off/on Duplex 24V Abnormal 24 V of power is not supplied to the Check to confirm that the duplex
919: Error Current Detection duplex unit properly. unit is mounted correctly.
Does the error still occur after Yes Check the connection of the fan.
rebooting? Yes Replace the fan.
Power Off/on Yellow Image The Y ID unit is not operating properly. Check to confirm that the Y ID
920: Error Drum Lock Error unit is in position.
Does the error message still appear Yes Replace the Y ID unit.
after rebooting? Yes Replace the Y ID motor.
Power Off/on Magenta Image The M ID unit is not operating properly. Check to confirm that the M ID
921: Error Drum Lock Error unit is in position.
Does the error message still appear Yes Replace the M ID unit.
after rebooting? Yes Replace the M ID motor.
Power Off/on Cyan Image Drum Lock The C ID unit is not operating properly. Check to confirm that the C ID
922: Error Error unit is in position.
Does the error message still appear Yes Replace the C ID unit.
after rebooting? Yes Replace the C ID motor.
Power Off/on Black Image Drum Lock The K ID unit is not operating properly. Check to confirm that the K ID
923: Error Error unit is in position.
Does the error message still appear Yes Replace the K ID unit.
after rebooting? Yes Replace the K ID motor.
Power Off/on Tray2 24V 24 V of power is not supplied to tray 2 Check to confirm that tray 2 is
924: Error Abnormal Voltage Detection properly. mounted correctly.
Power Off/on Tray4 24V 24 V power is not supplied to tray 4 Check to confirm that tray 4 is
Power Off/on Fuser Motor Lock Error The fuser is not operating properly. Check to confirm that the fuser is
928: Error in position.
Does the error still occur? Yes Replace the fuser.
Yes Replace the fuser motor.
Power Off/on Waste Toner Transfer Motor The waste toner transfer motor is not Check to confirm that the waste
929: Error Lock Error operating properly. toner transfer system is operating
properly.
Does the error still occur? Yes Replace the waste toner motor.
44043511TH Rev.2 196 /


Power Off/on Sub-CPU Clock Frequency The Sub-CPU clock frequency is not Check the connection of the S2P
930: Error Error correct. board.
Does the error still occur? Yes Replace the S2P board.
Power Off/on Duplex CPU Clock The duplex CPU clock frequency is Check the connection of the
931: Error Frequency Error not correct.Does the error still occur? V72-18 board.
Yes Replace the V72-18 board.
Power Off/on Inverter CPU The inverter CPU clock frequency is Check the connection of the
932: Error Clock Frequency Error not correct. V72-13 board.
Does the error still occur? Yes Replace the V72-13 board.
Power Off/on Trya2 CPU Clock Frequency The tray-2 CPU clock frequency is not Check the connection of the
933: Error Error correct. V72-17 board of tray 2.
Power Off/on Waste Toner The transfer mechanism of the toner Check to confirm that the basket
940: Error Transfer Error duct for ID is not operating properly. assembly is in position (if it is
Does the error still occur? engaged with the gear of the
printer).
Yes Check to confirm that the holder
magnet D contains a magnet, and
check the magnetic polarity.
Yes Replace the HAL IC circuit board.
Yes Replace the duct assembly toner.
Power Off/on Error due to detection of the Two or more toner cartridges of the Install the cartridge of the
983: Error toner cartridges of the same same color are detected. specified in the specified position.
color
Software not Keychip check failed AS3 PCB KeyChip unmounted or Power OFF/ON
authorized KeyChip Error is detected. Replace KeyChip.
001
Software not Unauthorized hard disk The AS3 PCB HDD is not a standard Power OFF/ON
authorized copy (official) product. Replace HDD.
002
Software not Unauthorized software The AS3 PCB HDD program does not Power OFF/ON
authorized configuration match the destination. Replace HDD.
003
Software not EEPROM missing The AS3 PCB EEPROM unmounted Power OFF/ON
authorized or EEPROM Error is detected. Replace EEPROM.
004
44043511TH Rev.2 197 /

7.5.2 Preparing for Troubleshooting
(1) Operation Panel Display

The state of malfunction is displayed on the LCD (Liquid Crystal Display) of the op-
erator panel of this machine.
Execute proper repairs according to the message indicated on the LCD.
Order Malfunction Details Flowchart No.

1 The machine does not operate properly after turning
ON the power.
2 Jam Error -1
Paper Supply Jam (1st Tray) -2
Paper Supply Jam (Multipurpose Tray) -3
Fee Jam -4
Paper Output Jam -5
Double-Side Print Jam
3 Paper Size Error
4 I/D UP/DOWN Error
5 Fuser Unit Error
6 Fan Motor Error
Note! When replacing the engine PCB (S2X(600dpi)/S2V(1200dpi)), remove the EEPROM
chip from the old PCB and then put the EEPROM that was removed on the new PCB
replacement.
44043511TH Rev.2 198 /

(2) CU Assy Troubleshooting (1200dpi Model)

a) Nothing is displayed on the LCD
• CU PCB Malfunction
Has the power short-circuited on the CU PCB? (C7099: +5v)/ Does the LED
lightup normally? (PWR_GOOD Green: Light ON, IAG_LED3-0 Red: Light
OFF, FPGA_LED Green: Light ON) If NO GOOD, check to see if the
RAM DIMM is normally inserted.
• Others
Power, Operation Panel, Fuse, etc.
b) "Communication Error" is displayed
Does the LED lightup normally? (PWR_GOOD Green: Light ON, DIAG_LED3-0
Red: Light OFF, FPGA_LED Green: Light ON) If NO GOOD, remove in the
sequential order of RAM_DIMM and HDD. Does the Light On state vary?
If the LED Light On state is Normal, replace the applicable part.
If light ON is not normal, then replace PCB.
c) "Initializing" remains displayed.
Does the LED lightup normally? (PWR_GOOD Green: Light ON, DIAG_LED
3-0Red: Light OFF, FPGA_LED Green: Light ON) If NO GOOD, remove in
the sequential order of RAM_DIMM and HDD. Does the Light On state vary?
If the LED Light On state is Normal, replace the applicable part.
If light ON is not normal, then replace PCB.
d) Error Message Display
Following the processing procedures of the Error Message in the table attach-
ment.
44043511TH Rev.2 199 /

When “Communications Error” appears on the display panel, this message is displayed with
the PU. This indicates a problem has occurred in the AS3 board during its initialization.
In such a case, open the sheet metal of the CU board and check the lit LED on the AS3
board to locate the problem.
The LED mounted on the AS3 PCB come in the following types. The description of the cas-
es when they do not light up normally are described below.
PWR_GOOD (Green): This indicates the power status of the AS3 PCB. It lights up when
the various power output sources (CPU core voltage, 2.5V, 3.3V,
5V0 of the AS3 PCB are normal. If it does not light up, disassem-
ble the RAM_DIMM and HDD. Check to see if it will lightup in this
state.
DIAG_LED[3: 0] (Red):This indicates the initialization processing state of the AS3 PCB. It
will all lightup immediately after the power is turned ON. It will all
dim down when the initialization process is successfully completed.
If all lights do not dim, then there is a CU PCB malfunction. If all
lights do not dim, then disassemble the RAM_DIMM and HDD.
Check to see if it will lightup again in this state.
* When the HDD is not correctly recognized or when the down-

load switch is in the down position, DIAG_LEDs 2 and 0 are
on and DIAG_LED 1 is out.
HDD_LED (Red): This lights up when accessing the HDD. If it does not start flash-
ing even after the power is turned ON, replace the HDD and check
to see if the problem is corrected. Check to see that the download
switch is facing upward.
FPGA_LED (Green): This lights up when communication is enabled between the engine
and panel interface. If it does not lightup, then disassemble the
RAM_DIMM and HDD. Check to see if it will lightup again in this
state.
44043511TH Rev.2 200 /

Power is turned on and the printer doesn't work properly.
• Turn off power and on again.
• Does the backlight light up (for approx. one second)?
• NO Is the AC cable connected properly?
NO Connect the AC cable properly.
• YES Is the power supply indicator LED of the Main PCB on?
• NO Does power go off when power is turned on again 2 minutes

after power is turned off?
• YES Is the fuse F503 of the Engine PCB blown?
YES Replace the Engine PCB.
• NO Are the Engine PCB FFC (inserting DRV0 and DRV1 connec-
tors) and the power connector cable properly connected to the
Motor Driver PCB and the power supply?
NO Connect them properly or replace the FFC or the ca-

ble.
• YES Replace the power supply.
• YES Is the DIMM of the Main PCB set properly?
NO Set the DIMM properly. If that does not solve the problem, re-
place the DIMM.
• YES Is the operator panel cable connected properly?
NO Connect the cable properly.
• YES Is +5V output to the panel connector (OPEPANE) of the Engine PCB (S2X
PCB)?
Pin 5: +5V, Pin 2: 0V
• NO Is +5V output to the DENGEN connector of the Engine PCB (S2X

PCB)?
Pins 1 & 3: +5V, Pins 2 & 4: 0V
NO After checking the DENGEN connector, replace the

Low-Tension Power Supply Unit.
• YES Replace the Engine PCB.
• YES Is the problem solved after the Control Panel PCB (X7G PCB) is re-
placed?
YES End
NO Replace the Engine PCB.
(a)
44043511TH Rev.2 201 /

(a)
• YES Is the DIMM of the Main PCB set properly?
NO Set the DIMM properly. If that does not solve the problem, replace the
DIMM.
• YES Are the voltages below output to the PU IF connector of the Main PCB?
Pins 9, 10, 17, 18, 25, 26, 33, 34, 41, 42, 61, 69, 77, 85, 93: +5V±5%
Pins 1, 2, 5, 6, 13, 14, 21, 22, 29, 30, 37, 38, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 53, 57, 65, 73,
74, 81, 82, 89, 97, 99: 0V
YES Replace the Main PCB.
• NO Is +5V output the DENGEN connector of the Engine PCB?

Pins 1 & 3: +5V, Pins 2 & 4: 0V
YES Replace the Engine PCB.
• NO Replace the Low-Tension Power Supply Unit.
44043511TH Rev.2 202 /

-1 Paper Supply Jam (1st Tray)
• Immediately after turning ON the power, does the paper jam occur?
• YES Is there a jam in the IN1 Sensor or 1st Hopping Sensor?
YES Remove the paper jam.
(A)
• NO Does the sensor lever Sensor (IN1 Sensor, 1st Hopping Sensor) operate
normally?
NO Replace the defective sensor lever.
• YES Does the sensor (IN1 Sensor, 1st Hopping Sensor) operate normally?
(Check the sensor output using the switch scan test in the self-diagnosis
mode.)
NO Check the signal cable connection, then replace the Sensor PCB
(S2C PCB).
• YES After checking the signal cable connection, replace the Motor Driver PCB
(S2P).
• NO Immediately after intaking the paper, does a paper jam occur?
• YES Did the paper reach the IN1 Sensor or 1st Hopping Sensor?
Yes Go to (A).
• NO Replace the paper separation frame Assy of the Feed Roller or Paper
Cassette.
• NO Is the Main Feed Motor operating?
YES Replace the Feed Roller or Retard Roller.
• NO Is the main feed motor resistance the rated value of approx. 3.4Ω?
NO Replace the Main Feed Motor.
• YES Is 20V or more output to the DC0 connector pin of the Motor Driver PCB
(S2P)?
NO Replace the low voltage power unit.
• YES After checking the gear engagement and cable connection, replace the Motor Driver
PCB (S2P PCB).
44043511TH Rev.2 203 /

-2 Paper Supply Jam (Multipurpose Tray)
• Immediately after turning ON the power, does the paper jam occur?
• YES Is there a jam in the IN1 Sensor or 1st Hopping Sensor?
(A)
• NO Does the Sensor Lever (IN1 Sensor, Paper Hopping Sensor) operator
normally?
• YES Does the Sensor (IN1 Sensor, Paper Hopping Sensor) operate normally?
mode.)
NO Check the signal cable connection, then replace the Sensor PCB
(S2S PCB).
• YES After checking the signal cable connection, replace the Motor Driver PCB
(S2P).
• NO Immediately after intaking the paper, does a paper jam occur?
• YES Did the paper reach the IN2 sensor?
YES Go to (A).
• NO Replace the multipurpose tray Assy.
• NO Is the resist motor operating?
• NO Is 20V or more output to the DC0 connector pin of the Motor Driver PCB
(S2P)?
• YES Check the cable connection, then replace the Motor Driver PCB (S2P).
• YES Check the cable connection, then replace the Motor Driver PCB (S2P).
44043511TH Rev.2 204 /

-3 Paper feed Jam
• Immediately after turning ON the power, does a paper feed jam occur?
• YES Does the paper jam occur at the IN 2 Sensor, WR Sensor or Exit Sensor?
YES Remove the jammed paper.
(A)
• NO Does the lever of the IN 2 Sensor, WR Sensor or Exit Sensor work properly?
• YES Does the sensor (IN 2 Sensor, WR Sensor or Exit Sensor) work properly?
mode.)
NO After checking the cable connection, replace the Sensor PCB (S2S
PCB).
• YES Check the signal cable connection. (FSNS, DRV0 & DRV1 on the S2P
and DRV0, DRV1 & RSNS on the S2X(600dpi)/S2V(1200dpi) PCB)
Are they connected properly?
NO Properly connect cable.
• YES Replace the engine PCB.
• NO Immediately after intaking the paper, does a paper feed jam occur?
• YES Did the paper reach the WR sensor?
YES Go to (A).
• NO Is the resist motor operating?
• NO Is the resist motor resistance the rated value at approx. 7.9Ω?
NO Replace the resist motor.
• YES Check the gear bite, then replace the engine PCB.
• YES Replace resist roller A or B.
• NO Does a paper feed jam occur when loading the paper?
• YES Is the belt motor running?
• NO Is the resistance of the belt motor the rated level (4.7Ω)?
NO Replace the Belt Motor.
• YES After checking the gear engagement and cable connection, re-
place the Motor Driver PCB (S2P).
• YES Is ID rotating?
NO After checking the gear engagement, replace the ID.
• YES After checking the gear engagement, replace the Belt Cassette Assy.
• NO END
44043511TH Rev.2 205 /

-4 Paper Output Jam
• Immediately after turning ON the power, does a paper output jam occur?
• YES Is there a jam with the paper Exit sensor?
• NO Does the paper Exit sensor lever operate normally?
NO Replace the paper Exit sensor lever.
• YES Does the Delivery Sensor work properly? (Activate the Sensor Lever
and check to see if the sensor works properly using the switch scan test
in the self-diagnosis mode.)
NO Check signal cable connection, then replace the paper Exit sensor.
• NO Is the Left Upper Cover closed fully?
NO Close the Left Upper Cover fully.
• YES Is the heat motor operating?
• NO Is the fuse of the heat motor blown?
NO Replace the heat motor.
• YES Check the cable connection, then replace the engine PCB.
• YES Does the paper output guide Assy operate normally?
• YES Is 20V or more output to the DC0 connector pin of the Motor Driver PCB
(S2P)?
NO Replace the motor driver PCB (S2P).
• YES Replace the paper output guide Assy.
44043511TH Rev.2 206 /

-5 Double-Side Print Jam
• Immediately after turning ON the power, does a paper feed jam occur?
• YES Is there paper in the Double-Side Printer Unit?
(A)
• NO Does the Sensor Lever of the Dup IN1 Sensor, Dup R Sensor, and Dup
F Sensor operate normally?
• YES Do the Dup IN1 Sensor, Dup R Sensor, and Dup F Sensor work properly?
(Check to see if these sensors are on the "no paper" level using the
switch scan test in the self-diagnosis mode.)
NO Check cable connection, and replace the defective sensor.
• YES Check to see that the signal cable is connected.

Is it connected properly?
NO Properly connect cable.
• YES Replace Double-Side Printer Control PCB (V72-18 PCB).
• NO Immediately after intaking the paper, does a paper feed jam occur?
• YES Did the paper reach the Dup R Sensor of the double-side printer?
• YES Has the paper reached the Dup F Sensor?
YES Go to (A).
• NO Is the Duplex Motor B running?
NO Replace the Duplex Motor B.
• YES Replace the PCB.
• NO Double-Side Print Motor A operating?
• NO Is the double-side printer motor resistance a rated value of ap-

prox. 3.5 Ω?
NO Replace the double-side printer motor A.
• YES Check the gear bite, then replace the Double-Side Printer PCB
(V72-18 PCB).
• YES Replace the Reverse Roller A or Feed Roller.
• NO Replace double-side printer unit.
44043511TH Rev.2 207 /

Paper Size Error
• Is standard size paper used?
NO Use standard size paper.
• YES Does the paper jam occur at the IN 1 Sensor?
• NO Does IN1 Sensor Lever operate normally?
• YES Does the IN1 Sensor operate normally?

(Activate the Sensor Lever and check to see if the sensor works properly using the
NO Check cable connection, then replace Sensor PCB (S2C PCB).
• YES Does the IN2 Sensor Lever operate normally?
• YES Does the IN2 Sensor operate normally?

(Activate the Sensor Lever and check to see if the sensor works properly using the
NO Check cable connection, then replace Sensor PCB (S2S PCB).
• YES Do all the Paper Size Detection Switches work properly?

(Press the switches and check them using the switch scan test in the self-diagnosis
mode.)
NO Check the cable connection, then replace the Sensor Assy.
• YES Does the guide of the cassette fit the paper size? (See Table 5-2.)
NO Replace the cassette.
• YES Check the cable connection, then replace the motor driver PCB (S2P)
44043511TH Rev.2 208 /

Image Drum Unit up/down movement error
• Check the ID up/down movement using the motor & clutch test in the self-diagnosis mode.
• Does the ID moves up and down?
• YES Check using the switch scan test in the self-diagnosis mode. Does the
Up/Down Sensor work properly?
YES Replace the defective IDU Motor.
• NO Is the Engine PCB (S2X(600dpi)/S2V(1200dpi) PCB) connected properly to

the ID Sensor PCB (SGG PCB)?
NO Connect them properly.
• YES Make sure that the Up/Down Sensor is fastened securely and then re-
place the ID Sensor PCB.
Is the error reset?
YES End
• NO Replace the Engine PCB.
• YES Is the C-ID Motor running properly?
• NO Does the motor rotate in one direction only?
• YES Is the problem solved by reconnecting the FFC to the Engine

PCB and the Motor Driver PCB and the CID connectors?
YES End
• NO Is the problem solved by replacing the C-ID Motor?
YES End
• NO After checking the gear engagement and ensuring that any connector is
not tilted, replace the C-ID Motor.
• YES Check the engagement of the planet gear and replace the Planet Gear Unit (Planet-
Assy-F and Plane-Assy-R).
44043511TH Rev.2 209 /

Fuser Unit Error
• Immediately after turning ON the power, does a fuser error occur?
(A)
• YES Are the three Upper Roller Thermistors down or short-circuited? (See
Figure 7-1.)
At an ambient temperature between 0 and 43˚C: 7-pole side:
Pins 1 & 2 = 4194 to 696.6kΩ
Pins 3 & 4 = 642.1 to 122.4kΩ
Pins 5 & 6 = 642.1 to 122.4kΩ
YES Replace the fuser unit.
• NO Is the thermistor on the lower side down or short-circuited? (See Figure 7-1.)
Pins 1 & 2 = 642.1 to 122.4kΩ
• NO
• NO After turning ON the power, wait 3 minutes. Does a fuser unit Error occur?
NO Go to (A).
• Is the fuser unit heater ON? (Is it HOT?)
• YES Replace the engine control PCB.
• NO Replace the fuser unit.
•NO Is there an AC voltage output between Pin 1 and Pin 3 of the CN1 connector of the
Low Voltage Power Unit?
• YES Replace the fuser unit.
Thermistor
Halogen Lamp
6 poles
1 2 3 4 5 6 4 3
7-pole side
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 2 1
Pins 1 & 2: Non contact
Pins 3 & 4: Correction
Pins 5 & 6: Side thermistor 7 poles
Halogen Lamp
6-pole side
Pins 1 & 2: Lower thermistor
Bottom of Fuser Unit
Figure 7-1
44043511TH Rev.2 210 /

Motor Fan error
• Check the fan in question using the motor & clutch test in the self-diagnosis mode.
• Does the fan rotate?
• NO Are the cables connected properly? (All the cables between the Motor
Driver PCB and the fan are included. If it is the Power Supply Fan, all
the cables between the Engine PCB and the fan are included.)
NO Connect the cables properly.
• YES Is foreign substance or a cable caught?
YES Remove the caught substance or cable.
• NO Is 20V or more output to the Pin 3 of the DC0 connector on the Motor
Driver PCB?
NO Replace the Low-Tension Power Supply PCB.
• YES Replace the fan.

Does the fan rotate properly?
YES End
• NO Replace the Motor Driver PCB (replace the Power Supply PCB if it is the
Power Supply Fan). Does the fan rotate properly?
YES End
• YES Are the cables connected properly? (All the cables between the Motor Driver PCB and
the fan are included. If it is the Power Supply Fan, all the cables between the Engine
PCB and the fan are included.)
NO Connect the cables properly.
• YES Is 20V or more output to the Pin 3 of the DC0 connector on the Motor Driver PCB?
NO Replace the Low-Tension Power Supply PCB.
• YES Replace the fan.

Is the alarm not activated during regular operation after power is turned on?
YES End
• NO Replace the Motor Driver PCB (replace the Power Supply PCB if it is the Power Supply
Fan). Does the fan rotate properly?
YES End
44043511TH Rev.2 211 /

7.5.3 Troubleshooting With Abnormal Image

Troubleshooting with printout results that are irregular as shown in the diagrams below, are indicated.
Abnormal Image Flow Chart No.

The overall image is too light or uneven, or the color tone is off centered, on the
overall, while printing the image. (Figure 7-2 )
The white area gets dirty. (Figure 7-2 )
Blank sheet is output. (Figure 7-2 )
A band or stripe print appears in the vertical direction of the printout.

(Black Band, Color Band, Black Stripe, Color Stripe). (Figure 7-2 )
A white band, white stripe, uneven color band or uneven color stripe occurs in
the vertical direction.(Figure 7-2 )
Defective Fusion (the image smears or peels off when touched).
Periodicity Abnormality (Figure 7-2 )
Printout Falloff
Color Offset
Stripe in Horizontal Print Direction (Figure 7-2 )
A On the overall too B White Area Gets C Blank D Black Band/ Black
light or uneven print Dirty Stripe in Vertical
Direction
E Abnormal Periodicity F White Band/White G Stripe in Horizontal

Strip in Vertical
Direction
Figure 7-2
44043511TH Rev.2 212 /

The screen in light on the overall. Or there is overall color drift in the printed image.
(Figure 7-2 )
• Is there enough toner? (Is [Toner Short] displayed?)
YES Replenish toner.

• NO Is standard paper used?
NO Use standard paper.
• YES Is the LED head lens dirty?
YES Clean the LED head lens.
• NO Is the entire LED head Assy properly connected to the relay PCB (S2H PCB)
and Engine PCB (S2V(1200dpi) or S2X(600dpi) PCB)?
NO Check the cable connect (between each LED head and engine PCB),
then properly connect the cable between the LED head and engine PCB.
• YES Is the LED head pressing spring properly set?

NO Properly set the pressing spring.
• YES Are the protrusions on both sides of the LED head properly in contact with each
FG plate spring?
NO Correct the bend in the FG plate spring.

• YES Replace the LED head.
Has the problem been corrected?
YES END
• NO Replace the engine PCB (S2V or S2X PCB).
YES END
• NO Replace the head shield cable.
YES END
• NO Check the cable connection, then replace the low voltage power unit.
YES END
• NO Is +24V output to the HVOLT connector pin 16 of the engine PCB (S2V(1200dpi) or
S2X(600dpi) PCB)?
NO Replace the engine PCB.

• YES Check the cable connection, then replace the high voltage power unit or belt
cassette Assy.
Has operation been restored?
YES END
• NO Is the I/D unit terminal properly connected to the contact Assy? (Refer to Figure 7-3)
NO Properly connect the I/D unit terminal to the contact Assy.

• YES Replace Image Drum Unit.
Note! 1. When replacing the Engine PCB (S2V(1200dpi) or S2X(600dpi) PCB), remove the
EEPROM from the old PCB, then mount that EEPROM on the new PCB.
2. If the EEPROM is not going to be replaced, refer to Section 5.2.2.
44043511TH Rev.2 213 /

The white area gets dirty. (Figure 7-2 )
• Has the image drum been exposed to external light for a long time?
YES Replace I/D Unit.
• NO Is the fuser unit roller dirty?
• NO Correct the [Paper Thickness] setting.
NO Properly set the [Paper Thickness].

YES END
• NO Replace the engine PCB (S2V(1200dpi) or S2X(600dpi) PCB).

YES END

YES END
YES END
• NO Is +24V output to the HVOLT connector Pin 16 of the Engine PCB (S2V(1200dpi) or S2X
(600dpi) PCB)?
• YES Check the cable connection, then replace the high voltage power unit or belt unit.
YES END
• NO Is the I/D unit terminal properly connected to the contact Assy?

(Refer to Figure 7-3)
44043511TH Rev.2 214 /

Blank Sheet (Figure 7-2 )
• Are all LED head Assy parts properly connected to the relay PCB (S2H PCB) and engine
PCB (S2V(1200dpi) or S2X(600dpi) PCB)?
NO Check the cable connection of the LED head and cable connection between
between the relay PCB and engine PCB, then properly connect the cable
between the LED head and engine PCB.
FG plate spring?

YES END
• NO Replace the engine PCB (S2V(1200dpi) or S2X(600dpi) PCB).

YES END

YES END
YES END
• NO Is +20V or more output to the Pin 16 of the HVOLT connector on the Engine
PCB (S2V(1200dpi) or S2X(600dpi) PCB)?
YES END

44043511TH Rev.2 215 /

Band or stripe appears in vertical direction of the printed area. (Black Band, Color Band,
Black Stripe, Color Stripe) (Figure 7-2 )
• Are all LED head Assy parts properly connected to the relay PCB (S2H PCB) and engine PCB
(S2V(1200dpi) or S2X(600dpi) PCB)?
NO Check the cable connection of the LED and the cable connection between
the relay PCB and engine PCB, then properly connect the cable between the
LED head and engine PCB.

YES END

YES END
• NO Check the cable connection. Then replace the engine PCB (S2V(1200dpi) or
S2X(600dpi) PCB).
YES END
• NO Check the cable connection, then replace the Engine PCB (S2V(1200dpi) or
S2X(600dpi) PCB).
YES END.

44043511TH Rev.2 216 /

White Band, White Stripe, Uneven Color Band, Uneven Color Stripe Occurring in Vertical
Direction (Figure 7-2 )
• Is the LED head lens dirty?
• NO Are all LED head Assy parts properly connected to the relay PCB (S2H PCB)
and engine PCB (S2V(1200dpi) or S2X(600dpi) PCB)?
the relay PCB and engine PCB, then properly connect the cable between
the LED head and engine PCB.

YES END

YES END
• NO Check the cable connection, then replace the engine PCB (S2V(1200dpi) or
S2X(600dpi) PCB).
YES END
• YES Check the cable connection, then replace the Engine PCB (S2V(1200dpi or
S2X(600dpi) PCB). Has operation been restored?
YES END.
NO Properly connect the ID unit terminal to the contact Assy.
44043511TH Rev.2 217 /

Poor Fusion (lightly touching the toner causes the toner to wipe off or fall off)
• Is standard paper used?
NO Use standard paper.
• YES Fuser Unit contact properly connected?
NO Properly connect the fuser unit contact.
• YES Is the fuser unit roller dirty?
• NO Is the [Paper Thickness] (Menu 1) properly set?
NO Properly set the [Paper Thickness].
• YES Is there an AC voltage output between CN connector Pin 1 and 3 of the low
voltage power unit?
• YES Are the three Upper Roller Thermistors down or short-circuited? (See Figure 7-1.)
Pins 1 & 2 = 4194 to 696.6kΩ
Pins 3 & 4 = 642.1 to 122.4kΩ
Pins 5 & 6 = 642.1 to 122.4kΩ
NO Replace the fuser unit.
• YES Is the thermistor on the lower side down or short-circuited? (See Figure 7-1.)
Pins 1 & 2 = 642.1 to 122.4kΩ
• YES Does the fuser temperature match the set temperature?

Check the fuser temperature on the LCD of the engine Maintenance Mode display.
• YES Replace the fuser unit.
44043511TH Rev.2 218 /

Periodicity Abnormal (Refer to Figure 7-2 )
Periodicity Malfunction Details Restoration Method
94 mm Image Drum Replace the image drum cartridge.
49.6 mm Development Roller Replace the image drum cartridge.
54.8 mm Sponge Roller Replace the image drum cartridge.
37.7 mm Charge Roller Replace the image drum cartridge.
89 mm Upper Roller Replace the fuser unit.
125 mm Lower Rolle Replace the fuser unit.
Note! After replacing the Image Drum Cartridge, Fuser Unit or Belt Unit, reset the counter
from the User Maintenance Mode.
44043511TH Rev.2 219 /

Printing Thinned Out
• Is the LED head lens dirty?
• NO Are all LED head Assy parts properly connected to the relay PCB (S2H PCB) and
engine PCB (S2V(1200dpi) or S2X(600dpi) PCB)?
the relay PCB and engine PCB, then properly connect the cable between the
LED head and engine PCB.
FG plate spring?

YES END

YES END
S2X(600dpi) PCB).
YES END
• NO Check the cable connection. Then replace the low voltage power unit.
YES END
• YES Is +24V output to the HVOLT connector Pin 16 of the Engine PCB (S2X(1200dpi) or
S2X(600dpi) PCB)?
YES END
44043511TH Rev.2 220 /

Color Drift
• “Toner Low” is displayed.
YES Replenish toner. Has operation been restored?
YES END
• NO Conduct a color drift test in the engine Maintenance Mode.

Method: Enter the Engine Maintenance Mode, and self-diagnostic mode (Level 1).
DIAGNOSTIC MODE
XX.XX.XX
Press [MENU+] key 4 times to display the [REG ADJUST TEST].
REG ADJUST TEST
Press [ENTER] key once to display the [REG ADJUST EXECUTE].
REG ADJUST EXECUTE

Press [ENTER] key to execute automatic correction of color drift (motor starts
operating, and color drift correction is executed).
• Color drive correction operation does not take effect (motor does not operation), and imme-
diately displays “OK”.
YES Error other than color drift occurred. Correct error. Has color drift been
corrected and restored for proper color?
YES END
(A)
44043511TH Rev.2 221 /

(A)
• NO [NG CALIBRATION LEFT/RIGHT] display
• YES Is the color drift sensor cover dirty?
YES Cleaning defect of the surface of the sensor cover by the clean-
ing blade on the rear of the shutter. Replace the shutter and
sensor cover then restore the cleaning performance.
• NO Check the S2Z PCB (Color Drift Sensor PCB) connector, S2V(1200dpi)
or S2X(600dpi) PCB (engine PCB) CSNS, power connector and the con-
nector connected with Sensor-Right Assy connection. Has operation been
restored after checking connection?
YES END
• NO Replace the S2Z PCB. Has operation been restored?
YES END
• NO Replace the engine PCB. Has operation been restored?
YES END
• NO Replace the S2Z PCB, and Engine PCB connection cable. Has operation
been restored?
YES END
• NO [DYNAMICRANGE LEFT/RIGHT] display
• YES Is the color drift sensor cover dirty?
YES Cleaning defect of the surface of the sensor cover by the clean-
ing blade on the rear of the shutter. Replace the shutter and
sensor cover then restore the cleaning performance.
• NO Is the shutter open/close operation abnormal?
• YES Replace the shutter. Has operation been restored?
YES END
• NO Replace the shutter open/close solenoid. Has operation been re-

stored?
YES END
• NO Replace the belt unit. Has operation been restored?
YES END
• NO Replace the ID unit. Has operation been restored?
YES END
(B)
44043511TH Rev.2 222 /

(B)
• [Yellow, Magenta, Cyan Left/Right/Horizontal] display
• YES Replace the belt unit. Has operation been restored?
YES END
• NO Replace the ID unit. Has operation been restored?
YES END
• NO Is the gear abnormal? (I/D, Multipurpose Tray, Belt Unit, Belt Motor, etc.
gear Assy)
YES Replace the damaged gear Assy.
• NO LED head Unit PCB (S2H PCB) connection properly connected?
NO LED head Unit PCB connection Connect properly.
• YES Check the cable connection, then replace the LED head Assy. Has op-
eration been restored?
YES END
• NO Check the cable connection, Replace the PCB (S2H PCB) connection.
YES END
• NO Is the Engine PCB (S2V(1200dpi) or S2X(600dpi) PCB) properly connected

to the PCB (S2H PCB)?
NO Properly connect the engine PCB to the PCB connection.
• NO Replace the engine PCB. Has operation been restored?
YES END

44043511TH Rev.2 223 /

Stripe in Horizontal Print Direction (Figure 7-2 )
• Are all LED head Assy parts properly connected to the relay PCB (S2H PCB) and engine PCB
(S2V(1200dpi) or S2X(600dpi) PCB)?
the relay PCB and engine PCB, then properly connect the cable between
the LED head and engine PCB.
FG plate spring?

YES END

YES END
S2X(600dpi) PCB).
YES END
• YES Remount or replace the belt unit.

YES END
• NO Is the I/D unit terminal properly connected to the contact Assy? (See Figure 7-3)
• YES Replace the image drum unit.

YES END
• NO Return to factory (investigate source of noise in the machine).
44043511TH Rev.2 224 /

Paper Thickness Error (Err Code 323, 324)
• Is the Paper Thickness Sensor Connector disconnected?
• Is the PATHICK connector on the Sensor Relay PCB (S2S PCB) connected securely?
NO Connect the connector properly.
• YES Is any sensor cable down?
YES Replace the cable.
• YES Is 5V output to the Sensor Relay PCB (S2S PCB)?

5V: PATHICK Pin 3 0V: PATHICK Pin 1
FSNS Pin 1 FSNS Pin 9
Output of 5V
Judgement Action
PATHICK FSNS
OK OK Normal YEA
NG NG Abnormal NO-(1)
NG OK Abnormal NO-(2)
NO-(1): Replace the Motor Driver PCB (S2P).

NO-(2) : Replace the Sensor Relay PCB (S2S PCB).
• YES Is a pulse wave between 250 and 350 kHz output to the Pin 2 of the PATHICK
connector on the Sensor Relay PCB (S2S PCB)? (When the Belt Motor is not running.)
(As an oscilloscope is used, this cannot be checked on site.)
NO Replace the Paper Thickness Sensor.
• YES Is the error reset after power is turned on and medium detection is performed?
NO Replace the Paper Thickness Sensor.
• YES End
44043511TH Rev.2 225 /

Ground
Charge roller
Development roller
Toner supply roller
Figure 7-3
44043511TH Rev.2 226 /

7.6
S2S
LV-POWER S2P
+24V +24 DC Motor x 6
44043511TH Rev.2
0.05A
BREAKER
14A 12A
+24VF2 0.11A
F503 1.46A 0.17A
Check Fuse
+5V(2) S2H LED HEAD +24VF1 DUPLEX

BREAKER
9A 4.3A F502 1.4A 0.25A
4.3A +24VF4
F504 F501 0.96A
4.3A 0.52A
+24VF3
4.3A F506 0.76A S2C
OPTRY24
0.02A
F501
+5V
0.08A
0.65A
POWER(24V) INVERTER Finisher
S2V(1200dpi) or S2X(600dpi) HEATER BREAKER 6.0A
0.03A 7A F501 1.2A
+5V(1) +5V +5VF2
5V F503 0.2A
Return
Check +5VF RFID
F505 0.2A
+5VPS TRAY-2 TRAY-n
F502 S2Z F501 0.7A
0.12A F501 0.7A
0.5A DCDC
F501 CONVERTER
0.24A 0.24A
HV-POWER
0.75A 0.03A
IP902
+24VF
BREAKER +5V(3) 0.4A
IP901
11A OPEPOW OPE PANEL
F504 0.5A
SGG
5VCU
0.40(1.3A)
CU 0.17A
S2R
0.06A
The fuse system of the engine control part is composed as shown in the figure below.
0.05A
0.17A
227 /
8.
8.1
Unit Circuit Diagram and Configuration Parts Diagram Resistance Value
Yellow
1
44043511TH Rev.2
M
Orange
Conveyance 2
Belt Motor
Black
3
Brown
4
Check Resistance Value
Connection Diagram
IP2
Main Motor (Y)
IC1
IP2
Main Motor (M)
IC1
228 /
44043511TH Rev.2
IP2
Main Motor (C)
IC1
IP2
Main Motor (K)
IC1
1
M
2
MT Resist Motor
229 /
44043511TH Rev.2
IP2
Fuser Motor
IC1
1
M
Paper Supply 2
Motor
3
Yellow
1
Orange
M
Offset Motor 2
Black
3
Brown
4
230 /
44043511TH Rev.2
IP2
Waste Toner
Transfer Motor
IC1
- CN-1
Geared Motor M
+ CN-2
Red
1
+24V
Main Cooling Fan White
3
(PULL) FANALM-N
and Cooling Fan M
for Controller
Black
2
0V
231 /
Unit Circuit Diagram Parts Diagram Resistance Value
Red
1
+24 V
44043511TH Rev.2
White
3
FANALM-N
Power Supply
Cooling Fan
M
Black
2
0V
Red
1
+24 V
White
3
FANALM-N
Belt Cooling Fan M
Black
2
0V
Red
1
+24V
White
Fuser 3
Exhaust Fan FANALM-N
M
Black
2
0V
232 /
Red
2
+5V
44043511TH Rev.2
Yellow
3
FANALM-N(Speed signal)
CU PCB Fan 2 M
(1200)
Black
1
0V White label
Red
1
+24V
3
ID Cooling Fan 1 FANALM-N
and
ID Cooling Fan 2 M
Black
2
0V
Red
1
+5V
Yellow
3
FANALM(Lock signal)
CU PCB Fan 1
(600) M
Black
2 Blue label
0V
233 /
Halogen Lamp
1 Heater
44043511TH Rev.2
3 Heater Upper
Roller
Thermistor
Halogen
Lamp
Heater
2
Lower
Roller
4
Fuser Unit
7-pole side Thermistor Thermistor
1 3
Center Center
2 4
Thermistor
5
Left
6
6-pole side Thermistor
Fuse
1 3
234 /
8.2 Diagram of Part Layout of Various PCB
(1)-1 Engine Control PCB (S2X-2 PCB: 600dpi)
CTGO
RSNS CSNS
24 2
23 1
13 1 14 1
16
15
HVOLT
2
10
1
KK
1
OPTIF
10
10
1
YY
1
1
DRV1
DRV0
30
1
40
FINISHER
MM
1 10
9
11 POWER 1 CC
1
1 10
HEATIF
CPUFU
11
12
1 6
2
1
10
9
OPEPANE
DENGEN
4
CUIF
49 1
2
50 2
99 51 1 9
100 52 RFID
44043511TH Rev.2 235 /

(1)-2 Engine Control PCB (S2V PCB: 1200dpi)
CTGO
RSNS CSNS
24 2
23 1
13 1 14 1
16
15
HVOLT
2
10
1
KK
1
OPTIF
10
10
1
YY
1
1
DRV1
DRV0
30
1
40
FINISHER
MM
1 10
9
11 POWER 1 CC
1
1 10
HEATIF
CPUFU
11
12
1 6
2
1
10
9
OPEPANE
DENGEN
4
CUIF
49 1
2
50 2
99 51 1 9
100 52 RFID
(2) Motor Driver PCB (S2P)
FLASH
OPIRY24 DC0 FAN 6 1
POW24
4 1 9 1 3 1
BEL TFAN
3
8
1
REGHOP
1
TNRMOTO
5
4
JOFMOT
10
1
SHUT
9
9
1 2
6 1 DC1
TNRMOT1
DCHEAT
HALL1 9 1
DC3
DC2
1
3 1
2 1 2 29
2 1 10 1 5 1 10 1
1
1
CL1 TRYSNS PSIZE HALLDCT WTDC

GDDC
1 FSNS 19
44043511TH Rev.2 236 /

(3)-1 Main Controller PCB : AS3
J7000 PU I/F connector
S430
Download Switch
J675 DDR SODIMM
J676 DDR SODIMM

U100 CPU
U170 North Bridge
U7200
FPGA LED
D7200
FPGA
U7203 U7202
KEYCHIP EEPROM
BT300
U301 South Bridge
J483
FAN_NB
J481
J7400 FAN_DSP
U530 BIOS HDD

J755
U2303 VX500
U2579
LAN PHY
U2578 J460 J2650

S720 J2575 MAC ROM HOST USB TGT USB
LANSW LAN
J980 VGA
D763 N/A
D762 HDD LED
D768 PWRGOOD
D767 DIAG3
D766 DIAG2
D765 DIAG1
D764 DIAG0
44043511TH Rev.2 237 /

C5
C6
C7
C8
C9
C10
C11
C12
C13
C14
C15
C16
C17
C18
C19
C20
C21
C22
C23
C24
C25
C26
C27
C28
C29
C30
C31
C32
C33
C34
C35
C36
C37
C38
C39
C40
C41
C42
C43
C44
C45
C46
C47
C48
C49
C61 C66
C58
C60
C64
C57
C59
C63
C65
C62 C67
C201
C224
C269
C223
C88
LED4
LED7
LED9
C87
C231
C222
C229
C84 C225
C230
C85 IGTD3
C238
44043511TH Rev.2
R19
R22
R24
C221
R25
R1 C251 RM38 C217
C91
C92
C93
C94
C95
C96
1
I2CROM1
C90
R26
R17
C1
C2
2
C81
CP14
C50 C51 C52 C53 C54 C56
C86
68
C97
RM21 RM22 RM23 RM24 RM26

RM17 RM19 67
199 41 39 1
R18
IC_VREF
1 PCICU2
DIMMB C220 RM18 RM20 RM25
L5 200 2 RM27
CP13
Y A
CP12
FET3
1 1 RM37
R2
C3
C200
R108
R109
C208
R111
RM36
RM28
C206
10
C4 RM29
C82
65
9
199 41 39 1 102 64
L4 103
DIMMA
FET2
R3
R34
200 42 40 2
CP11
10 CIF2 10 R144
IC8
R145
LANCN
YDAT C113 LANIC2
R35
R36
C207
C250 C114 CP10 C68 C70 C71 C72 C73 C74 C75 C76
R4
R5
C83
2
C115 RM1
1
C116
C69
R10 R146
BR
MDAT C117 C242 128 39
(3)-2 Main Controller PCB : TBX
C101 C118 R7 R11 20 20 38
IC6
1
C111
C112
R6
BG KGND
CP9
WT
C102 C119 RM2
DBG QREQ
RSRV KVDD
R13 Y K A
52
51
2
1
C120 R8 R147
R153
R14
34 A RM30 RM31
R41
CDAT C121 RM33 RM34 RM35
CP8
NICSW
R142
C196
R148
R201
R150
R130
C249 C122
C123 RM3 R143
C103 C124 K RM32
C195
C104 C125 C245

KDAT C126 RM3
R42 20
CP7
OSCLAN
C127
C241 C128 R181
R43
AA
C105 RM6 RM8
C106 R182 10 R191
R185
R188
R189
WCLK R44 FSYNCM
R49 R58 RM5 RM7
CC
R45 FSYNCY R50 R59 1 1 C226
STB1 R46 FSYNC
R60 Y A AP
R29 R27
C107 R47 FSYNCK R51 R61 C232

C185
C108 R48 FSYNCC R52 R62 1 1 A
PUIF
34
BF11 BF13
R171
R161
1
19
R63
R31
R32 R28
LED3 LED2 LED1
C176
R53 R162 BF100
R72 R73 R54 R163
R74 R55 R66
C109 R75 10 10 R164
R112
R113
R114
R118
R56 R67 MPU
C177
C110 R76 R57 R68 20 R175
R77 MPUCLK R165
R78 R176
R119 R188
R120 R115
C129 R166
C178
R79 R178 R177
C166
10
20 20
C132
R70 Y K A
C134
C199 1 RM16
CENT
R71 RM9 RM10 RM12
C130
R197
R198 R124 R121 R116
C167
AP
R167
R168
R179
R180
C179
100
99
50
49
C192 C191R126 R122
R131 R129
R280
R281
RM11 C135 RM13 RM14 RM15 R132
CP6
IC100 R196
R199
R200
C270
R135
R137
R84 R80
R85
R86
R87 R83
CP5 DCEN1
C131
C180
C169 C168
C133 C244 CP2
R138
R139
C193
IC4
R169
C228
C138
C174
R170
R156
C181
18
36
C170
R88
C142
CP16
D5
L7
C173
C136
FAN
F2
BF20
C175
CP15
IC10 C145
C171
C182
C144 C148
D7
D1
C149
R89
C254 C150
C137
BF9
C183
FET5
R105
R106 TR2
L8
TR1
IG1
CP17
R159
C143
C246 R101
25
24
25
24
R160
C204 C172
R102
R93
IC9 C141
C184
C147
1 2
R94 C203 R98
IC1
IC2
DLMODE
1
4
C140
R92
R103
F3
R107
48
48
R96
R95
USB
1
1
2
3
C165
RST2
C257 C256
C253
BF5
C237
IDE1
C205 C259
C262 C156 C157 C260
C151 C152 C153 C261 C154 C155 C252 C158 C159 C255 C164 50 2
49 1
238 /
(4) LED Control PCB

a) (S2H PCB)
POWER
1
1
1 2
MPOW2
CPOW2
YPOW2
KPOW2
4
4
(5) Control Panel PCB (X7G- PCB)
5 1 LED1
CN1 SW3
SW1 SW6 SW5 SW4

LCD
SW7 SW2
LED2
SW0
LED3
(6) ID System Sensor PCB(SGG-PCB)
SNS2 SNS1
23
24
1
IDFAN
9
1
2
A
K
A
K
A
K
A
K
SNS3
SNS4
SNS3
SNS2
SNS1
C
C
E
(7) Entrance Sensor PCB (S2C-PCB)
10 1
TRYSNS1
NEAREND
1
TRYSNS2
EMPTY
LIFT
44043511TH Rev.2 239 /

(8) Paper Size Detection PCB (S2S- PCB)
ENV
PATHICK
4 1
2 1 4 1
IN2SNS
CLUTCH
2 20
1 19 1 10 3 1
FSNS 3 1
MPTSNS MPTPAP MPTHOME WRSNS
(9) Rear Sensor PCB (S2R- PCB)
SNS COVSNS
1 12 1 6
SOLENOID
2 1
RSNS
13 1
(10) Color Drift Sensor PCB (S2Z- PCB)
12 1
1
DENS
CSNS
14
CSNSL1
CSNSL
C
K
E
A
REGSNSR
REGSNSL
1
1
2 4
2 4
5
5
C
A
E
K
44043511TH Rev.2 240 /

(11) Tray Control PCB (V72-7 PCB)
1 5 1 2
PSIZE SP
2 1 GDOE
15
14
1 4 5 1 4
MOTOR_B
MOTOR_A
FLASH
1
MAIN1 MAIN2 1 6 1 2
CL1
(12) Duplex Control PCB (V72-8 PCB)
SP
2 1
14
1 9
1 10
1 4 5 1 4
MOTOR_B
MOTOR_A
FLASH
1
FAN
MAIN1 1 6 1 2 1 3
CL1 1 3
COVDPN
(13) Inverter PCB (V72-3 PCB)
SP
2 1
15
14
1 9
1 10
1 3 1 4 5 1 4
MOTOR_B
MOTOR_A
FLASH
1
FAN
MAIN1 MAIN2 1 6 1 2 1 3 1 2
CL1
CL2
1 POWER 9
(14) Disposal Toner, Gear, Belt Rotation, Disposal Toner Sensor PCB (HAL-PCB)
3
CN
1
44043511TH Rev.2 241 /

9. MESSAGE LIST
9.1 Message Chart of C910/C930
Look for a message displayed on the operator panel in the message list and take measures
as instructed. Each “CCCC” in the list represents a toner color (cyan, magenta, yellow or
black).
Display on the operator panel Meaning Measures

126:Condensing Error Condensation has occurred inside Turn off the power and leave it
the printer. standing for a while.
209:Download Error A download error has occurred. Restart the printer.
Communication Error A communication error has occurred. Contact the customer support center.
EEPROM Reset EEPROM is being reset. Wait for a while.
Initializing The printer is being initialized. Wait for a while.
NON OEM %COLOR% TONER A genuine CCCC toner cartridge is Although the installed CCCC toner
DETECTED not installed. cartridge is not genuine, the printer is
operable.
PS Memory Overflow Memory was exhausted during Add more memory or simplify print
printing using a PS driver. data.
PU Flash Error A communication error has occurred. Contact the customer support center.
RAM Check RAM is being checked. Wait for a while.
nnn%
Restarting The printer is being restarted. Wait for a while.
USB I/F Error An error has occurred in the USB Press the ONLINE button to clear the
interface. error.
Check Image Drum The indicated image drum cartridge Reinstall the indicated image drum
CCCC is not installed correctly. cartridge.
Yellow Toner Not Installed A yellow toner cartridge is not Install a genuine yellow toner
installed in the printer, or an cartridge.
unrecognized yellow toner cartridge
is installed.
Non Genuine Yellow Toner An unrecognized yellow toner Install a genuine yellow toner
cartridge is installed. cartridge.
Yellow Toner Empty Yellow toner has run out, or genuine Replace the yellow toner cartridge
yellow toner is not used. with a new genuine yellow toner
cartridge.
Yellow Toner Low Yellow toner is running out. Prepare a new yellow toner cartridge
but not necessary to replace it now.
Yellow Toner Sensor Error An abnormal condition has occurred Remove the yellow toner cartridge
in the yellow toner sensor. and reinstall it.
Contact the customer support center
if the error remains.
Yellow Image Drum Near Life The life of the yellow image drum is Prepare a new yellow image drum
about to end. cartridge but not necessary to replace
it now.
Yellow Image Drum Life The yellow image drum cartridge has Replace it with a new yellow image
reached the end of its life, so it must drum cartridge.
be replaced with a new one.
Initializing The printer is getting ready. Wait for a while.
Install New Image Drum The indicated image drum cartridge Replace the indicated image drum
Image Drum Life has reached the end of its life, so it cartridge with a new one.
CCCC must be replaced with a new one.
44043511TH Rev.2 242 /


Image Drum Life The indicated image drum cartridge Replace the indicated image drum
CCCC has reached the end of its life. cartridge with a new one.
Ready To Print The printer is ready to print. –
Inverter is Removed The inverter of the finisher unit is not Connect the inverter of the finisher
connected to the printer. unit to the printer.
Install Inverter The inverter of the finisher unit is not Connect the inverter of the finisher
connected to the printer. unit to the printer.
Check Inverter A paper jam has occurred in or near Remove the inverter from the printer
Paper Jam the inverter of the finisher unit. unit and remove the jammed paper.
Check Inverter Paper is remaining in or near the Disconnect the inverter from the
Paper Remain inverter of the finisher unit. printer unit and remove the remaining
paper.
Print Error Log The printer is printing the error log. Wait for a while.
Offline The printer is off-line. Data reception To receive data, press the ONLINE
is not available. button to view "READY TO PRINT."
Open Cover Paper is remaining at or near the Open the indicated cover and remove
Paper Jam indicated cover. the remaining paper.
COVER
Open Cover A paper jam has occurred at or near Open the indicated cover and remove
Paper Remain the indicated cover. the jammed paper.
COVER
Open Cover A paper jam has occurred in the Open the top-cover and remove the
Paper Jam printer. jammed paper.
Top Cover
Close Cover The indicated cover is open. Close Close the indicated cover.
COVER the cover.
Paper Jam A paper jam has occurred. Press the HELP button and remove
the jammed paper by following the
instructions.
Color Adjusting Color is being adjusted. Wait for a while.
Copy kkk/lll The "k"th set of "l" sets of copies is Wait for a while.
being printed.
Rebooting <n> The printer is rebooting. Wait for a while.
Service Call An error has occurred, and it is Contact the customer support center
nnn:Fatal Error necessary to contact the customer and tell them the indicated error
support center. number (nnn).
Cyan Toner Not Installed A cyan toner cartridge is not installed Install a genuine cyan toner cartridge.
in the printer, or an unrecognized
cyan toner cartridge is installed.
Non Genuine Cyan Toner An unrecognized cyan toner Install a genuine cyan toner cartridge.
cartridge is installed.
Cyan Toner Empty Cyan toner has run out, or genuine Replace the cyan toner cartridge with
cyan toner is not used. a new genuine cyan toner cartridge.
Cyan Toner Low Cyan toner is running out. Prepare a new cyan toner cartridge
Cyan Toner Sensor Error An abnormal condition has occurred Remove the cyan toner cartridge and
in the cyan toner sensor. reinstall it.
Cyan Image Drum Near Life The life of the cyan image drum is Prepare a new cyan image drum
it now.
44043511TH Rev.2 243 /


Cyan Image Drum Life The cyan image drum cartridge has Replace it with a new cyan image
Wait a Moment Wait for a while. Wait for a while.
Turn off power Restart the printer by either turning Restart the printer by either turning
or off the power or pressing the off the power or pressing the
press RESTART button SHUTDOWN/RESTART button on SHUTDOWN/RESTART button on the
the operator panel. operator panel.
Shutting down The printer is being shut down. Wait for a while.
Statistics Log Buffer is Full There is no free space in an internal Free up memory space of a hard
hard disk (an option) to save disk by deleting unnecessary data.
statistics logs. Press the ONLINE switch to clear the
displayed message.
Statistics Log Buffer is Not An internal hard disk to save Install an internal hard disk (an
Available statistics logs is not provided. option).
Paper Multi Feed Multiple sheets of paper have been Press the HELP button and follow
TRAY fed at the same time. instructions.
Job Offset Home Error Job offset printing is not available Although the job offset function is not
due to an occurrence of a job offset available, printing is available. If the
function error. error remains after continue printing
for a while, contact the customer
support center.
Power Save The printer is in power save mode. Power save mode is released when
printing starts.
Processing The printer is processing data. Wait for a while.
Open Stacker The face-up stacker is closed and Open the face-up stacker.
Face Up Stacker interrupting ejection of printouts.
Checking Sectors A sector of a hard disk is being Wait for a while.
checked.
Incompatible Toner A toner cartridge from another Install a correct CCCC toner
CCCC company is installed, or a correct cartridge.
toner cartridge is not installed.
Collate Copy iii/jjj The printer is printing collated copies. –
The "I"th set of "j" sets of copies is
being printed.
Collate Fail:Too Many Pages Printing is not available because Install an extension memory to the
memory was exhausted during printer or reduce the number of
collated printing. copies to specify.
Adjusting Temp Fusing temperature is being Wait for a while.
adjusted.
Fuser Unit Near Life The life of the fuser unit is about to Prepare a new fuser unit but not
end. necessary to replace it now.
Check Fuser Unit Since the fuser unit is not installed Reinstall the fuser unit correctly.
correctly, it must be reinstalled.
Change Fuser Unit The fuser unit has reached the end Replace it with a new fuser unit.
of its life, so it must be replace with a
new one.
Fuser Unit Life The fuser unit has reached the end Replace it with a new fuser unit.
of its life, so it must be replace with a
new one.
Disk Security Mode The security kit is being applied.
44043511TH Rev.2 244 /


Data Present There is data remaining unprinted. Check the data.
Check Data An error has occurred during Check the data.
reception of program data.
Check Data An error has occurred during writing Check the data.
Program Data Write Error of program data.
Check Data An error has occurred during Check the data.
Program Data Receive Error reception of program data.
<nnn>"
Cancelling Job Data is being deleted. Wait for a while.
Data Arrive Data is being received. Wait for a while.
Print Demo Page The demo page is being printed. Wait for a while.
Power Off and Wait for a while Condensation has occurred in the Turn off the power and leave it
126:Condensing Error printer. It is necessary to turn off the standing for a while.
power and leave it standing for a
while.
Toner Not Installed A CCCC toner cartridge is not Install a genuine CCCC toner
CCCC installed, or an unrecognized CCCC cartridge.
toner cartridge is installed.
Non Genuine Toner An unrecognized CCCC toner Install a genuine CCCC toner
CCCC cartridge is installed. cartridge.
Check Toner Cartridge The toner cartridge is not locked. Check the lever of the toner cartridge
Improper Lock Lever Position for its position.
CCCC
Install Toner The indicated toner has run out, or Install a genuine toner cartridge of
CCCC genuine toner of indicated color is the indicated color.
not used.
Reset Drum Basket An error has occurred during transfer Open the top cover and reinstall the
of waste toner. drum basket.
Reset Drum Basket An error has occurred during transfer Open the top cover and reinstall the
Waste Toner Transfer Error of waste toner. drum basket.
TRAY n Overfilled Too much paper is loaded into the Remove some paper from the tray n.
tray n.
Change Paper in TRAY n Paper loaded into the indicated tray Load paper of the indicated size and
MEDIA_SIZE is different from the specified one. type in the indicated tray and press
MEDIA_TYPE the ONLINE button.
Please see HELP for details
TRAY n Lift Up Error Paper can not be fed from the tray n. Load paper into the tray n correctly.
Printing(TRAY n) The printer is printing on paper from –
the tray n.
TRAY n Empty The tray n has run out of paper. Load paper into the tray n.
TRAY n Overfilled Too much paper is loaded into the Remove some paper from the tray n.
tray n.
TRAY n Near End The tray n is running out of paper. Prepare paper to load into the tray n.
Reset Tray Paper was not fed from the indicated Reinstall the tray.
TRAY tray, and it is necessary to reinstall
the tray.
Install Tray The indicated tray is not installed Reinstall the indicated tray.
TRAY correctly. It must be reinstalled.
Network Error A network error has occurred. Restart the printer.
Print Network Config The network configuration is being Wait for a while.
printed.
44043511TH Rev.2 245 /


Network Initializing The network configuration is being Wait for a while.
initialized.
Network Configuration Writing The network configuration is being Wait for a while.
saved.
Density Adjusting The printer is adjusting density. Wait for a while.
Waste Toner Transfer Error An error has occurred during transfer Open the top cover and reinstall the
of waste toner. drum basket.
Waste Toner Near Full The life of a waste toner box is about Prepare a new waste toner box but
to end. not unnecessary to replace it now.
Check Waste Toner Box Since a waster toner box is not Reinstall a waste toner box.
installed correctly, it must be
reinstalled.
Waste Toner Full A waste toner box is full, so it must Replace it with a new waste toner
be replaced with a new one. box.
Centro I/F Error A parallel I/F error has occurred. Press the ONLINE button.
Staple Jam A staple jam has occurred in the Remove every jammed staple.
stapler unit of the finisher.
Check Punch Chip Box The punch dust box is full or not Empty the punch dust box or install it
installed. correctly depending on the cause.
File Accessing The printer is accessing a file in an Wait for a while.
internal hard disk.
File System Operation failed An error has occurred while the Normal printing is available. Contact
<nnn> printer was accessing a file in an the customer support center if the
internal hard disk. error remains.
File System is Full A hard disk (an option) or flash Normal printing is available.
memory has run out of free space.
File System is Write Protected Data is written to either a hard Normal printing is available.
disk (an option) or a flash memory
without authorization.
Checking File System The file system is being checked. Wait for a while.
Print File List A file list is being printed. Wait for a while.
Install Finisher The finisher is disconnected from the Connect the finisher to the inverter.
inverter. It is necessary to connect
the finisher to the inverter.
Check Finisher A staple jam has occurred in the Remove every jammed staple.
Staple Jam stapler unit of the finisher. It is
necessary to remove every jammed
staple.
Check Finisher A paper jam has occurred in or near Disconnect the finisher and the
Paper Jam the finisher. inverter and remove the jammed
paper.
Check Finisher Paper is remaining in or near the Disconnect the finisher and the
Paper Remain finisher. inverter and remove the remaining
paper.
Print Font A font list is being printed. Wait for a while.
Press ONLINE Button for It is necessary to press the ONLINE Press the ONLINE button.
Restoration button to restore.
Black Toner Not Installed A black toner cartridge is not Install a genuine black toner cartridge.
installed in the printer, or an
unrecognized black toner cartridge is
installed.
44043511TH Rev.2 246 /


Non Genuine Black Toner An unrecognized black toner Install a genuine black toner cartridge.
Black Toner Empty Black toner has run out, or genuine Replace the black toner cartridge with
black toner is not used. a new genuine black toner cartridge.
Black Toner Low Black toner is running out. Prepare a new black toner cartridge
Black Toner Sensor Error An abnormal condition has occurred Remove the black toner cartridge and
in the black toner sensor. reinstall it.
Black Image Drum Near Life The life of the black image drum is Prepare a new black image drum
it now.
Black Image Drum Life The black image drum cartridge has Replace it with a new black image
Condensing Error Condensation has occurred inside Turn off the power and leave it
the printer. standing for a while.
Power Off/On Restart the printer. Turn off and on the printer.
Power Off/On An error has occurred, so it is Turn off and on the printer.
nnn:Error necessary to restart the printer.
Program Update Mode The printer is in program update –
mode. (Printing is not available).
Program Data Received OK Program data has been received. Wait for a while.
Program Data Written OK Program data has been written. Restart the printer.
Program Data Receive Error An error occurred during reception of Check the data.
<nnn> program data.
Program Data Receiving Program data is being received. Wait for a while.
Program Data Write Error <nnn> An error occurred during writing of Check the data.
program data.
Program Data Writing Program data is being written. Wait for a while.
Belt Unit Near Life The life of the belt unit is about to Prepare a new belt unit but not
end. necessary to replace it now.
Check Belt Unit Since the belt unit is not installed Reinstall the belt unit.
correctly, it must be reinstall.
Change Belt Unit The belt unit has reached the end of Replace it with a new belt unit.
its life, so it must be replaced with a
new one.
Install New Belt Unit The belt unit has reached the end of Replace it with a new belt unit.
Belt Unit Life its life, so it must be replaced with a
new one.
Belt Unit Life The belt unit has reached the end of Replace it with a new belt unit.
its life, so it must be replaced with a
new one.
Error Postscript An error occurred during printing Review the print data.
using a PS driver.
No Staple The finisher unit has run out of Refill the finisher unit with staples.
staples.
Could Not Staple. No Staple It is unable to staple because of the Reload staples. Press the ONLINE
lack of staples. button to clear the error message.
44043511TH Rev.2 247 /


Magenta Toner Not Installed A magenta toner cartridge is Install a genuine magenta toner
not installed in the printer, or an cartridge.
unrecognized magenta toner
Non Genuine Magenta Toner An unrecognized magenta toner Install a genuine magenta toner
cartridge is installed. cartridge.
Magenta Toner Empty Magenta toner has run out, or Install a new genuine magenta toner
genuine magenta toner is not used. cartridge.
Magenta Toner Low Magenta toner is running out. Prepare a new magenta toner
cartridge but not necessary to replace
it now.
Magenta Toner Sensor Error An abnormal condition has occurred Remove the magenta toner cartridge
in the magenta toner sensor. and reinstall it.
Magenta Image Drum Near Life The life of the magenta image drum Prepare a new magenta image drum
is about to end. cartridge but not necessary to replace
it now.
Magenta Image Drum Life The magenta image drum cartridge Replace it with a new magenta image
has reached the end of its life, so it drum cartridge.
must be replaced with a new one.
MPTray Lift Up Error The printer cannot feed paper from Place paper into the multi-purpose
the multi-purpose tray. tray correctly.
Printing(MPTray) The printer is printing on paper by –
feeding it from the multi-purpose tray.
MPTray Empty There is no paper in the multi- Load paper into the multi-purpose
purpose tray. tray.
MPTray Overfilled Too much paper is loaded into the Remove some paper from the multi-
multi-purpose tray. purpose tray.
MPTray Near End The multi-purpose tray is running out Prepare paper to load into the multi-
of paper. purpose tray.
Change Paper in MPTray Paper loaded into the multi-purpose Press the HELP button and follow
MEDIA_SIZE tray is different from the specified instructions.
MEDIA_TYPE one.
Press ONLINE Button
Please see HELP for details
Memory Overflow Memory is insufficient. Press the ONLINE button. Add more
memory or simplify print data.
Print Configuration The printer is printing setup values of Wait for a while.
the menu.
Please see HELP for details Pressing the HELP button displays Press the HELP button and follow
information on how to clear the instructions.
current error.
Invalid Data Invalid data has been received. Press the ONLINE button.
Remove Excess Paper Since too much paper is loaded into Reduce the amount of paper to load
TRAY the indicated tray, it is necessary to into the indicated tray.
remove some paper.
Remove Excess Paper Since too much paper is loaded into Reduce the amount of paper to load
MPTray the multi-purpose tray, it is necessary into the multi-purpose tray.
to remove some paper.
Could Not Staple/Punch. Paper The printer cannot staple or punch Press the ONLINE button to clear the
Too Thick copies because paper is too thick. error message.
44043511TH Rev.2 248 /


Could Not Duplex. Paper Too The printer cannot duplex print Press the ONLINE button to clear the
Thick because paper is too thick. error message.
Could Not Staple. Too Much The printer cannot staple copies Press the ONLINE button to clear the
Paper because there are too many copies. error message.
Paper Remain Paper is remaining at or near the Open the indicated cover and remove
TRAY indicated cover. the remaining paper.
Paper Size Error Paper of improper size has been fed Press the HELP button and follow
TRAY from the indicated tray. Open and instructions.
close the top cover to clear the error.
Reset Paper Paper was not fed from the multi- Reload paper into the multi-purpose
MPTray purpose tray. It is necessary to tray.
remove paper from the tray and
reload it.
Check Paper Paper is inappropriate. Press the HELP button and follow
instructions.
Remove Paper Many printouts are stacked on the Remove printouts from the indicated
STACKER indicated stacker, so it is necessary stacker.
to remove them.
Remove Paper Many printouts are stacked on the Remove printouts from the indicated
STACKER indicated stacker of the finisher, so it stacker of the finisher.
is necessary to remove them.
Install Paper The indicated tray has run out of Load paper into the indicated tray.
TRAY paper.
MEDIA_SIZE
Install Paper Since the multi-purpose tray has run Load paper into the multi-purpose
MPTray out of paper, it is necessary to load tray.
MEDIA_SIZE paper of the indicated size.
Install Paper It is necessary to perform manual Load paper into the multi-purpose
MPTray feed printing from the multi-purpose tray and press the ONLINE button to
MEDIA_SIZE tray. start printing.
Press ONLINE Button
Paper Thick Error Paper of a different thickness has Press the HELP button and follow
TRAY been detected in the indicated tray. instructions.
Non Paper Sense Error An abnormal condition has occurred If the error remains after continue
in the paper thickness sensor. printing for a while, set MEDIA
WEIGHT of the printer MENU to a
value other than "AUTOMATIC" or
contact the customer support center.
Paper Sense Error Paper of undefined thickness has If the error remains after continue
been detected. printing for a while, set MEDIA
WEIGHT of the printer MENU to a
value other than "AUTOMATIC" or
contact the customer support center.
Media Weight Detecting The printer is checking paper Wait for a while.
thickness.
Press RESTART button Pressing the RESTART button Press the RESTART button to start
restarts the printer. the printer.
Log Buffer is Full. Job Rejected Data has been deleted because the Delete unnecessary data in a hard
log buffer is full. disk (an option) to free up more
space. Press the ONLINE button to
clear the error message.
Improper Lock Lever Position The lock lever of the indicated toner Move the lock lever of the indicated
CCCC cartridge is in an incorrect position. toner cartridge to the correct position.
44043511TH Rev.2 249 /


Improper Lock Lever Position A toner cartridge is not locked. Check the lever of each toner
cartridge.
Check Duplex Unit A paper jam has occurred in or near Open the cover of the duplex unit and
Paper Jam the duplex unit. remove the jammed paper.
Check Duplex Unit Paper is remaining in or near the Open the cover of the duplex unit and
Paper Remain duplex unit. remove the remaining paper.
Install Duplex Unit A duplex unit is not installed. Install a duplex unit correctly.
WDT ERROR A PU firmware ran away. Turn off and on the power. If the
printer is not restored, replace the PU
board.
BRK command execution error of Reload PU-FW to Flash Memory
BRK INST EXECUTE
CPU Replace PU-PCB
Invalid command execution error of Reload PU-FW to Flash Memory
OPECODE TRAP ERROR
CPU Replace PU-PCB
Initial check error of LSI for K-Head Power OFF/ON
PU K ASIC ERROR
control on PU-PCB Replace PU-PCB
Initial check error of LSI for Y-Head Power OFF/ON
PU Y ASIC ERROR
Initial check error of LSI for M-Head Power OFF/ON
PU M ASIC ERROR
Initial check error of LSI for C-Head Power OFF/ON
PU C ASIC ERROR
Initial check error of LSI for Head Power OFF/ON
PU VIDEO ASIC ERROR
Time out error of Serial Bus (I2C) Power OFF/ON
PU LSI I/F BUSY
setting Replace PU-PCB
Power OFF/ON
SRAM ERROR SRAM check error on PU-PCB
Replace PU-PCB
Power OFF/ON
SDRAM ERROR SDRAM check error on PU-PCB
Replace PU-PCB
Check the connection between PU-PCB
Communication Error between PU-
Communication Error and CU-PCB
PCB and CU-PCB
Replace PU-PCB or CU-PCB
44043511TH Rev.2 250 /

9.2 Illustration appears on the operating panel

When troubles occur, an illustration and message may appear on the operating panel.
See the following table for detail instruction.
Front view of printer Opening the top cover Side view (left) of printer Side view (right) of printer
Indicates a cyan toner Indicates a magenta toner Indicates a yellow toner Indicates a black toner
cartridge cartridge cartridge cartridge
Indicates a cyan image Indicates a magenta Indicates a yellow image Indicates a black image
drum image drum drum drum
Indicates a paper route

Indicates a fixation unit Indicates a fixation unit Indicates a belt unit
inside printer
Indicates a disposal toner Indicates a disposal toner

unit unit
44043511TH Rev.2 251 /

ndicates double-sided Being full of or left some Being full of or left some Being full of papers
print units. papers around double- papers around double- around double-sided print
sided print units. sided print units. units.
Being full of or left some Being full of or left some Being full of or left some
Opening the side cover
papers around side cover. papers around top cover. papers around top cover.
Being full of papers

Being full of papers Opening the side cover of
around the side cover of
around top cover. ejection part
ejection part.
Being full of or left some Being full of or left some

Opening the tray 1 of side Opening the tray 2 of side
papers around tray 1 of papers around tray 2 of
cover cover
side cover. side cover.
Being full of or left some Being full of or left some

Opening the tray 3 of side Opening the tray 4 of side
papers around tray 3 of papers around tray 4 of
cover cover
side cover. side cover.
Being full of or left some

Opening the tray 5 of side
papers around tray 5 of
cover
side cover.
44043511TH Rev.2 252 /

It indicates the staple It indicates the staple It indicates the punch

It indicates the punch unit.
cartridge. cartridge. unit..
It indicates the magnified

It indicates the finisher unit. It indicates the inverter. It indicates the finisher.
image of the finisher.
A paper jam has occured A paper jam has occured

or paper has remained in or paper has remained in
in the inverter area. in the inverter area.
the inverter area. the inverter area.

or paper has remained in or paper has remained in
in the finisher area. in the finisher area.
the finisher area. the finisher area.
A paper jam has occured A paper jam has occured A paper jam has occured
Paper has remained in the
or paper has remained in or paper has remained in or paper has remained in
booklet stacker area.
the finisher area. the finisher area. the finisher area.
44043511TH Rev.2 253 /

9.3 F/W Revision (C910)

9.3.1 F/W Rev. table
CU F/W NIC F/W Loader

ROM 43927801FY01 43927801FY02 43927801FY03
Date Remarks
Revision Web
Revision File Rev. NIC F/W File Rev. Revision File Rev.
Page
5 2009.09.04 B1.14 5 01.05 W1.02 3 L01.00 1 1st lot~
9.3.2 Check abd version display
(1) Perform "PRINT MENU MAP" and confirm the updated of F/W version.
(2) Paint out ROM label stuck on the location of the figure below according to the
rewritten F/W revision.
Revision label position
Example 1
Revision label details
Rev. 1
1 2 3 4 5
Example 2
Rev. 4
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
1 2 3 4 5
44043511TH Rev.2 254 /

Appendix-A C910/C930 LCD/LED Display

LCD
Function
Status Message Help Message
Displayed while a system display language is not Initializing –
determined directly after the printer is turned on.
Shows the printer is restarting after the press of its Restarting –
RESTART button.
Shows the printer is being initialized. Initializing –
Shows the printer is checking its RAM. RAM Check –
nnn%
Shows the printer’s network initialization is being Wait a Moment –
performed. Network Initializing
Shows the printer is checking its HDD file system. Checking File System –
Indicates that the hard disk is being erased. Erasing Disk –
nnn%
Shows the printer is checking its HDD sectors. Checking Sectors –
nnn%
Shows a CU-PU communication error. When the Communication Error –
error occurs again after the printer is turned off and
on, maintenance of the printer must be performed
by maintenance personnel.
Shows the printer is placed on-line. Ready To Print –
Shows the printer is placed off-line. * The Ready Offline –
LED of the printer placed off-line is always out.
Shows access to the file system (HDD/flash File Accessing –
memory) of the printer is being performed.
Shows the printer is receiving data and not yet start Data Arrive –
processing. This message is typically displayed
while the printer is processing PJL data or spooling
jobs.
Shows the printer is receiving data or processing Processing –
output.
Shows print data still remains in the printer. Data Present –
Shows the printer is printing. Of the following trays, Printing(%TRAY%) –
a tray from which paper is being fed appears at the
%TRAY% portion.
MP Tray
Tray 1
Tray 2
Tray 3
Tray 4
Tray 5
Shows the printer is printing its demo page. Print Demo Page –
Shows the printer is printing its font list. Print Font –
Shows the printer is printing its network Print Network Config –
configuration.
Shows the printer is printing its menu map. Print Configuration –
Shows the printer is printing a list of files stored in Print File List –
its file system (flash/HDD memory).
Shows the printer is printing an error log. Print Error Log –
44043511TH Rev.2 255 /

LCD
Function
Shows the printer is outputting collated sets of –
copies. The number of a copy set being printed
appears at the portion of iii, and the total number of Collate Copy iii/jjj
copy sets to be printed appears at the portion of jjj.
When the total number of copy sets to be printed is
1, PRINTING is displayed.
Shows the printer is performing copy printing. The –
number of a copy being printed appears at the
portion of kkk, and the total number of copies to be Copy kkk/lll
printed appears at the portion of lll. When the total
number of copies to be printed is 1, PRINTING is
displayed.
Indicates that the validity of secure print data is Verifying Job –
being verified (for corruption and tampering).
Shows that, until a job ends after the cancellation Cancelling Job –
of the job is instructed, the printer is accepting and
discarding data in the job.
Appears when the printer causes a paper jam with Cancelling Job –
jam recovery deselected. This message shows that,
until a job ends after the cancellation of the job is
instructed, the printer is accepting and discarding
data in the job.
Shows that, as not authorized, a job is being Cancelling Job –
cancelled on the printer (Job Account-related).
This message appears when the printer receives a
print job from user not authorized for:
1. Printing; or
2. Color printing.
Shows that, as depleted in log storage and, when Cancelling Job –
its log is full, specified to cancel jobs, the printer is
canceling a job (Job Account-related).
Shows the printer is cooling down. –
Adjusting Temp.
Shows the printer is warming up. –
Adjusting Temp
Shows the printer is placed in the power-saving –
mode. Power Save
Shows the printer is performing auto color –
registration adjustment. Color Adjusting
Shows the printer is performing auto print density –
adjustment. Density Adjusting
Shows the printer is detecting media weight. –
Media Weight Detecting
Indicates that the security kit has been enabled. –
After the kit is enabled, the printer displays this Disk Security Mode
message at all times while in the ready state.
Shows the printer is near empty of paper in the –
tray that has been selected (at the menu item for a %TRAY% Near End
paper source).
Any of Tray1, Tray2, Tray3, Tray4 and Tray5 appears
at the %TRAY% portion.
44043511TH Rev.2 256 /

LCD
Function
Shows the printer is low on toner. The printer being –
low on toner with Low Toner set to Stop blinks its %COLOR% Toner Low
Attn LED, and placed off-line. Pressing ON-LNE
switch makes such printer continue printing until
Toner Empty occurs. The Attn LED of the printer
being low on toner with NearLifeLED set to Disable
does not light.
Yellow
Magenta
Cyan
Black
Shows the toner cartridge of the printer is that –
manufactured by a certified third party. NON OEM %COLOR%
Yellow TONER DETECTED
Magenta
Cyan
Black
Shows the toner cartridge of the printer is not –
genuine or certified. Non Genuine %COLOR%
Yellow Toner
Magenta
Cyan
Black
Shows something unusual occurred at the toner –
sensor of the printer. %COLOR% Toner Sensor
Yellow Error
Magenta
Cyan
Black
Shows a value sensor-output with no paper loaded –
is outside its specification. The printer with the error Non Paper Sense Error
prints with Medium set for Media Weight.
Shows a sensor-output difference value is outside –
its specification (weight is beyond its recognition Paper Sense Error
limit). The printer with the error prints with Medium
set for Media Weight.
Shows the PostScript interpreter of the printer –
detected an error in it and the printer accepts and Error Postscript
discards data received thereafter. At completion
of the reception of a job during which the error
occurred, the error is automatically removed. The
factor of the error is that any of the following events
is detected:
- The job contains grammatical error(s); and
- The job contains complicated pates and
exhausted volatile memory.
44043511TH Rev.2 257 /

LCD
Function
This is a warning message displayed when a PDF –
file is using a feature not supported by the PDF PDF Contains Unsupported
converter loaded on the printer. The function for Features
detecting unsupported features comes in at several
levels, and this warning is displayed when the
level is "middle" or "low". The detection levels are
specified by PS operator.
The default setting on the standard model is "high",
so this warning is actually not displayed; when an
unsupported feature is detected, it results in a PS error.
The warning is displayed from the point when an
unsupported feature is detected until the job is
completed, with no user intervention.
Shows the PostScript interpreter of the printer –
detects insufficient job processing memory. PS Memory Overflow
Shows the image drum of the printer is near the end –
of its life, where the printer can continue printing %COLOR% Image Drum
until a life error with the image drum occurs. The Near Life
printer placed in this state with NearLifeLED set to
Disable does not light its Atten LED.
Yellow
Magenta
Cyan
Black
Shows the fuser unit of the printer is near the end of –
its life. The printer placed in this state with NewLife- Fuser Unit Near Life
LED set to Disable does not light its Atten LED.
Shows the transfer belt of the printer is near the end –
of its life. The printer displaying the message, which Belt Unit Near Life
is a notification, does not pause printing. The printer
placed in this state with NearLifeLED set to Disable
does not light its LED.
Shows the waste toner box of the printer is near –
full. The printer displaying this message, which is a Waste Toner Near Full
notification, does not pause printing.
Shows the fuser unit of the printer is at the end of its –
life (a notification). Opening and closing the cover of Change Fuser Unit
the printer after a fuser life error displays this state.
Shows the transfer belt of the printer is at the end of –
its life (a notification). Opening and closing the cover Change Belt Unit
of the printer after a transfer belt life error displays
this state.
Shows the waste toner box of the printer is near full. –
With the message, which is a notification, the printer Waste Toner Full
does not pause printing.
Shows the stapler of the printer is out of staples –
(finisher-related). No Staple
Shows the printer is empty of the toner. Opening –
and closing the cover of the printer with an empty %COLOR% Toner Empty
error of the toner causes this state.
Yellow
Magenta
Cyan
Black
44043511TH Rev.2 258 /

LCD
Function
Shows the toner cartridge of the printer is not –
installed. %COLOR% Toner Not
Yellow Installed
Magenta
Cyan
Black
Shows the image drum of the printer is at the end of –
its life. This state occurs when the printer is restored %COLOR% Image Drum
by the opening and closing of its cover with the Life
image drum’s life error caused.
Yellow
Magenta
Cyan
Black
Shows a job offset home position sensor error of –
the printer. This error disables the job offset function Job Offset Home Error
of the printer, but the printer can continue printing.
Shows the printer is empty of paper in the tray. This –
is a notification until the printer is specified to print %TRAY% Empty
from the tray.
Tray 1
Tray 2
Tray 3
Tray 4
Tray 5
Shows a lift-up error occurred with the tray of the –
printer. The tray is regarded as being empty of %TRAY% Lift Up Error
paper and cannot be used for printing.
MPT
Tray 1
Tray 2
Tray 3
Tray 4
Tray
Shows the tray of the printer is loaded with –
too much paper. With this message, which is a %TRAY% Overfilled
notification, the printer does not pause printing.
MPT
Tray 1
Tray 2
Tray 3
Tray 4
Tray 5
Shows an inverter is not connected to the printer. –
The stapling, punching or fastening function of, Inverter is Removed
or the high-capacity stacker, of the finisher of the
printer cannot be used.
Shows the finisher is not connected to the inverter. –
The stapling, punching or fastening function of, Finisher is Removed
or the high-capacity stacker, of the finisher of the
printer cannot be used.
Shows available HDD or flash memory of the printer –
are low. This message is a temporary notification File System is Full
and, until a job during which this state occurred ends,
stays displayed. After that, the message is removed.
44043511TH Rev.2 259 /

LCD
Function
Shows an attempt to write data into a read-only –
HDD or flash memory of the printer was made. File System is Write
This message is a temporary notification and, until Protected
a job during which this state occurred ends, stays
displayed. After that, the message is removed.
Indicates that the printer received a restricted-use –
PJL command for a job. As a temporary warning, Job was limited
this message remains displayed until the job
completes.
Indicates that a secret file is being erased. –
File Erasing
Indicates that the printer is storing a request for –
deleting a secure job and the file containing the job. Deleting Encrypted Job
Indicates that the printer is full of secret files waiting –
to be erased. Erased Data Full
Shows the printer has no sufficient memory for –
making collated sets of copies. This message stays Collate Fail:Too Many
displayed until the press of the ON-LINE key of the Pages
printer.
Press ONLINE Button
Notifies that, as a user was not authorized for –
color printing, the job of the user was printed in Color Restricted. Mono
monochrome (Job Account). This message remains Printed
displayed until ONLINE key is pressed.
Press ONLINE Button
Notifies that, as a user was not authorized for color –
printing, the job of the user was cancelled (Job Color Restricted. Job
Account). This message remains displayed until Rejected
ONLINE key is pressed.
Press ONLINE Button
Notifies a user that, as the user is not authorized to –
print a job from the user, the job was canceled (Job Print Restricted Job
Account-related). This message stays displayed Rejected
until the press of the ON-LINE key of the printer. Press ONLINE Button
Notifies a user that, as the buffer of the printer is –
full, a job from the user was canceled Log Buffer is Full. Job
(Job Account-related). This message stays displayed Rejected
until the press of the ON-LINE key of the printer.
Press ONLINE Button
Indicates that a job expiring its storage period for –
authentication printing was automatically deleted. Expired Secure Job
Press ONLINE Button

Shows the printer caused a file system error. The –
printer can operate for processing that does not File System Operation
use a file system having the error. An error type failed <nnn>
identifier appears at the nnn portion.
Press ONLINE Button
Indicates that, as data for a job was found to be –
corrupted when checked for validity, the job was Invalid Secure Data
deleted.
Press ONLINE Button
44043511TH Rev.2 260 /

LCD
Function
Shows that the printer received invalid data, –
prompting to press its ON-LINE switch to remove Invalid Data
this message. The message is displayed when the
printer receives an unsupported PJL command or, Press ONLINE Button
with no HDD, receives a spool-group command.
Shows that, as exceeds the number of paper sheets –
that can be stapled together, paper sheets could not Could Not Staple. Too
be stapled by the printer. This message disappears Much Paper
with the press of the ON-LINE key of the printer
(finisher-related). The CU continues displaying the Press ONLINE Button
message until the ON-LINE key is pressed.
Shows that, as exceeds a specified paper weight, –
paper could not be stapled or punched by the printer. Could Not Staple/Punch.
This message is provided at detection of heavy media Paper Too Thick
that cannot be stapled or punched, or of transparency.
The message disappears with the press of the ON- Press ONLINE Button
LINE key of the printer (finisher-related).
Shows that, as paper exceeds a specified paper –
weight, the printer could not print on both sides of Could Not Duplex. Paper
the paper. This message is provided at detection of Too Thick
heavy media that cannot be printed on both sides.
The message disappears with the press of the ON- Press ONLINE Button
LINE key of the printer (finisher-related).
Shows that, as being out of staples, the printer –
could not perform stapling. The message Could Not Staple. No Staple
disappears with the press of the ON-LINE key of
the printer. (finisher-related). Press ONLINE Button
Shows that the printer requires manual paper feed, Install Paper –
prompting to insert manually the paper displayed MPTray
at %MEDIA_SIZEP%. The measure unit of %MEDIA_SIZE%
custom paper size conforms to a specified (menu- Press ONLINE Button
set) display measure unit for MPT except where
specified from the driver of the printer, where a
printer driver specified measure unit is used. Custom
paper size is expressed as <width>x<length><unit>.
Example) 210x297 mm
8.5x11.0 inches
Shows that the printer caused disagreement Change Paper in %TRAY% Error Code: nnn
between a tray media type and print data, prompting %MEDIA_SIZE% [Context]
to load paper. %MEDIA_TYPE% The media type set in the printer
Error 661: Tray 1 Press ONLINE Button differs from that specified in the
Error 662: Tray 2 Please see HELP for details printer driver.
Error 663: Tray 3 [Action]
Error 664: Tray 4 Pull out the indicated tray.
Error 665: Tray 5 Remove paper.
A measure unit of custom paper size conforms to a Load the paper size/type
specified (menu-set) display measure unit for MPT indicated.
unless specified from the driver of the printer, where a Adjust the paper guide plate
printer driver specified measure unit is used. Custom and the paper stopper.
paper size is expressed as <width>x<length><unit>. Insert the paper tray back into
Example) 210x297 mm the printer.
8.5x11.0 inches Press the ONLINE button.
With the press of the ON-LINE key of the printer,
only a job that caused the disagreement is printed,
the error being ignored.
44043511TH Rev.2 261 /

LCD
Function
Shows that the printer caused disagreement Change Paper in MPTray Error Code: 660
between a tray media type and print data, prompting %MEDIA_SIZE% [Context]
to load paper. %MEDIA_TYPE% The media type set in the printer
Error 660: MPT Press ONLINE Button differs from that specified in the
A measure unit of custom paper size conforms to a Please see HELP for details printer driver.
specified (menu-set) display measure unit for MPT [Action]
unless specified from the driver of the printer, where Remove paper from MPTray.
a printer driver specified measure unit is used. Load the paper size/type
Example) 210x297 mm indicated.
8.5x11.0 inches Adjust the paper guide plate.
The ON-LINE key of the printer must be pressed Press the ONLINE button.
after the paper is loaded.
Shows that, in the printer, a tray paper size or a Change Paper in %TRAY% Error Code: nnn
paper size, and a media type did not agree with %MEDIA_SIZE% [Context]
print data, loading paper being prompted. %MEDIA_TYPE% The printer's tray setup differs from
Error 461: Tray 1 that specified in the printer driver.
Error 462: Tray 2 Please see HELP for details [Action]
Error 464: Tray 4 Remove paper.
Error 465: Tray 5 Load the paper size/type
A measure unit of custom paper size conforms to a indicated.
specified (menu-set) display measure unit for MPT Adjust the paper guide plate
unless specified from the driver of the printer, where and the paper stopper.
a printer driver specified measure unit is used. Insert paper tray back into the
Example) 210x297 mm printer.
8.5x11.0 inches Feeding paper starts shortly. If
With the press of the ON-LINE key of the printer, not, press the ONLINE button.
only a job that caused the disagreement is printed,
the error being ignored.
Shows that, in the printer, a tray paper size or a Change Paper in MPTray Error Code: 460
paper size, and a media type did not agree with %MEDIA_SIZE% [Context]
print data, loading paper being prompted. %MEDIA_TYPE% The printer's tray setup differs from
Error 460: MPT Press ONLINE Button that specified in the printer driver.
A measure unit of custom paper size conforms to a Please see HELP for details [Action]
specified (menu-set) display measure unit for MPT Remove paper from MPTray.
unless specified from the driver of the printer, where Load the paper size/type
a printer driver specified measure unit is used. indicated.
Example) 210x297mm Adjust the paper guide plate.
8.5x11.0inch Press the ONLINE button.
The ON-LINE key of the printer must be pressed
after the paper is loaded.
Shows data overflowed the printer’s available Press ONLINE Button for Error Code:420
memory. Pressing the ON-LINE switch of the printer Restoration
steps to the next. Extension RAM must be installed Memory Overflow
or the amount of data must be reduced. The factor
of the overflow is any of the following:
- Too much print data in a page;
- Too much macro data;
- Too much DLL data; or
- An overflow after frame buffer compression.
Shows the printer is saving a new printer-network- Wait a Moment –
related item setup. Network Configuration
Writing
Shows the printer’s network initialization is being Wait a Moment –
performed. Network Initializing
44043511TH Rev.2 262 /

LCD
Function
Indicates that message data to be updated is being Wait a Moment –
processed. Message Data Processing
written. Message Data Writing
Indicates that message data to be updated has Power Off/On –
been written successfully. Message Data Received
OK
Indicates that writing of message data to be Check Data –
uploaded has been failed. Message Data Write
%CODE% is a decimal value (one digit) and Error<%CODE%>
represents the cause of failure in writing.
= 1 … FAIL: Other errors.
= 2 … DATA_ERROR: Hash check error in data
reading/writing, or abnormal FLASH
= 3 … OVERFLOW: Downloading failure due to
FLASH memory full at starting or during
writing in a language file
= 4 … MEMORYFULL: Memory reservation failure
= 5 … UNSUPPORTED_DATA: Downloading data
unsupported on the printer
Shows an instruction to route printed output to the Open Stacker Error Code: 580
face-up stacker of the printer was made with the Face Up Stacker [Context]
stacker closed (with a finisher installed). The face up stacker cover is
closed.
Please see HELP for details [Action]
Separate the inverter from the
printer.
Open the face up stacker.
Open the paper guide plate.
Open out the paper support.
Remove printed sheets of paper.
Close the face up stacker.
Connect the inverter to the printer.
Shows an instruction to route printed output to the Open Stacker Error Code: 580
face-up stacker of the printer was made with the Face Up Stacker [Context]
stacker closed (with no finisher installed). The face up stacker cover is
closed.
Open the face up stacker.
Open the paper guide plate.
Open out the paper support.
Shows the punch chip box of the printer’s finisher is Check Punch Chip Box Error Code: 472
full of punch chips or not installed. [Context]
The punch chip box is full or not
attached.
Dismount the finisher from the
inverter by pressing the finisher
lever.
Remove the punch chip box
from the right side of finisher.
(Attach the punch chip box if
not yet attached.)
Dispose of punch chips.
Reinstall the punch chip box.
Connect the finisher to the
inverter.
44043511TH Rev.2 263 /

LCD
Function
Shows an error occurred with the parallel interface Press ONLINE Button for Error Code:510
of the printer. Restoration
Centro I/F Error
Shows an error occurred with the USB interface of Press ONLINE Button for Error Code:511
the printer. Restoration
USB I/F Error
Shows an error occurred with the network interface Press ONLINE Button for Error Code:516
of the printer. Restoration
Network Error
Shows that printing from the printer’s tray being Install Paper Error Code: nnn
empty of paper was requested and refilling the tray %TRAY% [Context]
with paper is prompted. %MEDIA_SIZE% No paper in the indicated tray.
Error 491: Tray 1 [Action]
Error 492: Tray 2 Please see HELP for details Pull out the tray.
Error 493: Tray 3 Load paper.
Error 494: Tray 4 Adjust the paper guide plate
Error 495: Tray 5 and the paper stopper.
A measure unit of custom paper size conforms to Insert the tray back into to the
a specified (menu-set) display measure unit unless printer.
printer driver specified measure unit is used.
Shows printing from the printer’s MPT tray being Install Paper Error Code: 490
empty of paper was requested. With a timeout (of MPTray [Context]
three seconds) after user refilling of the tray, or the %MEDIA_SIZE% No paper on MPTray.
press of the ON-LINE switch of the printer before [Action]
a timeout, the tray is lifted up and feeds paper. The Please see HELP for details Pull open MPTray.
tray is ON-LINE switch Adjust the paper guide plate to
Error 490: MPT the paper size.
A measure unit of custom paper size conforms to Load paper.
a specified (menu-set) display measure unit unless
printer driver specified measure is used.
Shows printing from the printer’s tray having a lift Reset Tray Error Code: nnn
error was requested. Reinstalling the paper cassette %TRAY% [Context]
of the tray retries the lift of the tray. Cannot feed paper from the
Error 520: Tray 1 indicated tray.
Error 523: Tray 4 Insert the tray back into to the
Error 524: Tray 5 printer.
Shows printing from a printer’s MPT having a lift Reset Paper Error Code: 525
error was requested. With removal of paper in the MPTray [Context]
tray, this error is removed and an error of being Cannot feed paper from MPTray.
empty of paper in the tray occurs. [Action]
Error 525: MPT Please see HELP for details Take paper out of MPTray.
Load paper again.
Shows printing from the printer’s tray being detected Remove Excess Paper Error Code: nnn
as having too much paper. Recovery from the error %TRAY% [Context]
is performed by removing excess paper from the Excessive paper volume in the
tray and reinstalling its paper cassette. indicated tray.
Error 532: Tray 3 Remove sheets of paper until
Error 533: Tray 4 the mark on the paper guide
Error 534: Tray 5 plate can be seen.
Insert the tray back into to the
printer.
44043511TH Rev.2 264 /

LCD
Function
Shows printing from the printer’s MPT being Remove Excess Paper Error Code: 535
detected as having too much paper. Removing MPTray [Context]
excess paper from the tray removes this error. With Excessive paper volume on
the removal of all the paper from the tray, the error MPTray.
is removed and an error of being empty of paper in Please see HELP for details [Action]
the tray occurs. With the removal of part of paper Take paper out of MPTray.
from the tray, the MPT is lifted and feeds paper. Reduce the amount of paper to
Error 535: MPT be loaded.
Load paper again.
Shows the stacker of the printer ran full. Remove Paper Error Code: nnn
Error 480: Face-down stacker %STACKER% [Context]
Error 484: Face-up stacker Excessive paper has accumulated
on the stacker.
Remove paper accumulated in
the indicated stacker.
Shows the finisher stacker of the printer ran full. Remove Paper Error Code: nnn
Error 481: Stacker %STACKER% [Context]
Error 482: Fastening stacker Excessive paper has accumulated
Error 483: Internal stacker on the finisher.
Remove paper accumulated
in the indicated stacker of the
finisher.
The tray cassette of paper to which printing is Install Tray Error Code: nnn
intended is removed, and paper cannot be fed. %TRAY% [Context]
Error 430 : Tray1 A tray has not been inserted.
Error 431 : Ttay2 [Action]
Error 432 : Tray3 Please see HELP for details Insert the indicated tray.
Error 433 : Tray4 If the tray has been inserted,
Error 434 : Tray5 pull it out and then reinsert it.
processed. Message Data Processing
written. Message Data Writing
Indicates that message data to be updated has Power Off/On –
been written successfully. Message Data Received OK
Indicates that writing of message data to be Check Data –
uploaded has been failed. Message Data Write
%CODE% is a decimal value (one digit) and Error<%CODE%>
represents the cause of failure in writing.
= 1 … FAIL: Other errors.
= 2 … DATA_ERROR: Hash check error in data
reading/writing, or abnormal FLASH
= 3 … OVERFLOW: Downloading failure due to
FLASH memory full at starting or during
writing in a language file
= 4 … MEMORYFULL: Memory reservation failure
= 5 … UNSUPPORTED_DATA: Downloading data
unsupported on the printer
44043511TH Rev.2 265 /

LCD
Function
Shows the printer ran empty of toner. Install Toner Error Code: nnn
Error 410: Yellow %COLOR% [Context]
Error 411: Magenta Toner Empty.
Error 412: Cyan [Action]
Error 413: Black Please see HELP for details Prepare a new toner cartridge.
A state of notifying that the printer is empty of toner Open the top cover.
occurs by the opening and closing of the cover of Identify the appropriate toner
the printer. cartridge by its colored label.
Turn the lever of the toner
cartridge counter clockwise until
it stops, and lift it to remove.
Take the new toner cartridge
out of it's packaging, and shake
sideways and up and down
several times.
Hold the toner cartridge
horizontally and remove the
tape.
Remove the orange stopper at
the lever.
Position the toner cartridge with
the opening facing downwards
onto the image drum.
Place the toner cartridge guide
firmly into the slot of the image
drum.
Turn the lever of toner cartridge
clockwise until it stops.
Close the top cover.
This is not the correct toner cartridge for this model. Toner Regional Mismatch Error Code: nnn
Error 554 : Yellow %COLOR% [Context]
Error 555 : Magenta This is not the correct toner
Error 556 : Cyan cartridge for this model.
Error 557 : Black Please see HELP for details [Action]
Check the model name displayed
on the toner cartridge package.
Use the toner cartridge for this
model.
The toner cartridge is not genuine. It may damage Incompatible Toner Error Code: nnn
the device. %COLOR% [Context]
Error 614: Yellow The toner cartridge is not genuine.
Error 615: Magenta It may damage the device.
Error 616: Cyan Please see HELP for details [Action]
Error 617: Black Use of genuine toner cartridge is
strongly recommended.
The toner cartridge is not genuine. It may damage Incompatible Toner Error Code: nnn
strongly recommended.
44043511TH Rev.2 266 /

LCD
Function
The toner cartridge is not genuine. It may damage Non Genuine Toner Error Code: nnn
When such non-genuine toner cartridge for the strongly recommended.
color is detected after opening and closing the
cover of the printer, the printer in this state changes
to a notification state, making about further 50
pages printable.
Shows the toner cartridge is not installed in the Toner Not Installed Error Code: nnn
printer. %COLOR% [Context]
Error 610 : Yellow A toner cartridge is not installed.
Error 611 : Magenta [Action]
Error 612 : Cyan Please see HELP for details Prepare a new toner cartridge.
Error 613 : Black Open the top cover.
When such non-genuine toner cartridge for the Identify the appropriate toner
color is detected after opening and closing the cartridge by its colored label.
cover of the printer, the printer in this state changes Take the new toner cartridge
to a notification state, making about further 50 out of it's packaging, and shake
pages printable. sideways and up and down
several times.
Hold the toner cartridge
horizontally and remove the
tape.
Remove the orange stopper at
the lever.
Position the toner cartridge with
the opening facing downwards
onto the image drum.
Place the toner cartridge guide
firmly into the slot of the image
drum.
Turn the lever of toner cartridge
Shows that, because of paper jamming that was Open Cover Error Code: nnn
caused in the printer, paper that was fed after Paper Remain [Context]
jammed paper remains in the printer. %COVER% Paper that was feeding is stuck in
Error 631: Tray1 Side Cover the printer due to a paper jam.
Error 632: Tray2 Side Cover Please see HELP for details [Action]
Error 633: Tray3 Side Cover Open the side cover at the right
Error 634: Tray4 Side Cover side of the displayed tray.
Error 635: Tray5 Side Cover Remove any remaining paper.
Close the side cover.
jammed paper remains in the printer. Side Cover Paper is stuck in the printer due to
Error 637 : J0: Paper Feed Path a paper jam.
Remove any paper from the
multi-purpose tray.
Open the side cover.
Remove any remaining paper.
Close the side cover.
44043511TH Rev.2 267 /

LCD
Function
jammed paper remains in the printer. Top Cover Paper is stuck in the printer due to
Error 638 : J1: Paper Transport Path a paper jam.
Error 639 : J2: Paper Exit Path Please see HELP for details [Action]
The error code 639 means paper may remain near Open side exit cover. If there is
the exist side cover of the printer. paper remaining, pull the top of
the paper away from the printer.
Open the top cover.
Lift the drum basket.
Remove any paper from the belt.
If paper is stuck in the fuser
unit, remove the paper.
Push the lock lever of the fuser
unit to the right.
Remove any paper by holding
and pulling the handle of the
fuser unit.
Return the fuser unit.
unit to the left.
Return the drum basket.
Open the side cover at the exit
part.
Remove any remaining paper if
it is present.
Close the side cover at the exit
part.
Shows that, because of paper jamming that was Check Duplex Unit Error Code: nnn
jammed paper remains in the printer. Paper jam occured near the duplex
Error 640 : J4: Duplex Entry Path unit.
Error 641 : J5: Duplex Reversal Path Please see HELP for details [Action]
Error 642 : J3: Duplex Transport Path Proceed with the following
procedures after separating the
inverter from the main body if a
finisher has been connected.
Open the side cover of Tray1.
Open the cover of the duplex
unit pressing the duplex unit
button.
Pull out the duplex unit by
pulling the lever at both sides of
the duplex unit.
Open the upper cover at one
side by pulling the assist handle.
Close the upper cover.
Check the upper cover at the
other side as well.
Close the cover of the duplex unit.
Return the duplex unit to the
original position.
44043511TH Rev.2 268 /

LCD
Function
Shows that, because of paper jamming that was Check Finisher Error Code: nnn
jammed paper remains in the printer. Paper is stuck around the finisher
Error 643 : Finisher POS1: Input Area due to a paper jam.
Error 645 : Finisher POS3: Paper Stack Eject Please see HELP for details [Action]
Remove any paper seen near
the exit part of the finisher.
Detach the finisher from the
inverter, by pressing the lever
on the finisher.
Remove any paper seen near
the entrance of the finisher.
Open the top cover of the
finisher, and remove any
remaining paper.
Connect the inverter to the finisher.
Shows that, because of paper jamming that was Check Finisher Error Code: nnn
jammed paper remains in the printer. Paper is stuck inside the finisher
Error 644 : Finisher POS2: Saddle Transport due to a paper jam.
Path Please see HELP for details [Action]
Error 646 : Finisher POS4: Saddle Stack Eject Separate the finisher from the
lever.
Open the front cover of the
finisher.
Output any remaining paper
by turning the lower knob
clockwise.
Remove the outputted paper.
Close the front cover.
Open the right side cover of the
finisher.
Close the right side cover.
Connect the finisher to the inverter.
Shows that, because of paper jamming that was Check Inverter Error Code: nnn
jammed paper remains in the printer. Paper is stuck near the inverter
Error 647 : Inverter POS1: Paper Eject due to a paper jam.
Error 648 : Inverter POS2: Reverse Stacker Please see HELP for details [Action]
Area Separate the finisher from the
Error 649 : Inverter POS3: Input Area inverter by pressing the finisher
lever.
Open the left side cover of the
inverter to remove any remaining
paper.
Close the left side cover.
Separate the inverter from the
printer, pressing the inverter lever.
Open the right side cover of
the finisher and remove any
remaining paper.
44043511TH Rev.2 269 /

LCD
Function
Shows the printer has a paper weight sensor Check Paper Error Code: nnn
problem. Paper remaining in the printer is Paper Thick Error [Context]
automatically ejected with the recovery from the %TRAY% The media is not within the
problem. specified range of media weight.
Error 325: Out-of-spec. detected media value Please see HELP for details [Action]
Error 326: Out-of-spec. detected media value in Remove any paper from the
U-Heavy mode multi-purpose tray.
Pull out the tray indicated.
Remove the paper from the tray
and check that different paper
types are not used.
If different paper types are used,
use only paper of the same type.
Check that the paper guide plate
and the paper stopper are in the
correct position respectively.
Fan through the paper to
separate each sheet before
reinserting paper.
Place the tray back in the printer.
Open and close the side cover.
Notifies paper longer than a tray detected paper Check Paper Error Code: 401
size was fed from the tray of the printer, prompting Paper Multi Feed [Context]
to check whether overlapped sheets were fed. %TRAY% Multiple sheets of paper were fed
Opening and closing the cover of the printer through together.
performs recovery printing, resuming operation. Please see HELP for details [Action]
Pull out the indicated tray.
Check that the paper guide plate
and the paper stopper are in the
correct position respectively.
Remove the paper from the tray
and separate each sheet before
returning to the tray.
Notifies paper shorter than a tray detected paper Check Paper Error Code: 400
size was fed from the tray of the printer, prompting Paper Size Error [Context]
to check whether the paper guide or paper size in %TRAY% Incorrectly sized paper has been
the tray is proper. Opening and closing the cover used.
of the printer performs recovery printing, resuming Please see HELP for details [Action]
operation. Proceed with the following when
the MPTray is indicated as the
source of the error.
Check that the correct paper
size is set.
Open and close the side cover
of Tray1.
Proceed with the following when
a tray other than the MPTray is
indicated as the source of the error.
Pull out the indicated tray.
Check that the paper guide
plate and the paper stopper
are in the correct position
respectively.
Remove paper from the tray
and separate each sheet before
returning to the tray.
44043511TH Rev.2 270 /

LCD
Function
Shows an inverter is not connected to the printer Install Inverter Error Code: 474
(finisher-related). This error occurs in printing pages [Context]
that uses the finisher function of the printer (stapling, The inverter has not been
punching, saddle stitching or a high-capacity connected.
stacker). Please see HELP for details [Action]
Confirm that the face-up stacker
is closed.
Shows a finisher is not connected to the printer Install Finisher Error Code: 473
(finisher-related). [Context]
The finisher has not been connected.
[Action]
Please see HELP for details Connect the finisher to the
inverter.
Shows the printer was jammed with paper while Open Cover Error Code: nnn
feeding paper. Paper Jam [Context]
Error 390 : Side Cover %COVER% Paper jam occurred during the
paper feed process.
MPTray.
Open the indicated cover.
Gently pull and remove the
jammed paper.
Close the cover.
Shows the printer was jammed with paper while Open Cover Error Code: nnn
feeding paper from the tray. Paper Jam [Context]
Error 391 : Tray1 Side Cover %COVER% Paper jam occurred during paper
Error 392 : Tray2 Side Cover feed.
Error 393 : Tray3 Side Cover Please see HELP for details [Action]
Error 394 : Tray4 Side Cover Open the indicated cover.
Error 395 : Tray5 Side Cover Gently pull and remove the
jammed paper.
Close the cover.
Shows paper was jammed on its path of the printer. Open Cover Error Code: nnn
Error 380 : Side Cover Paper Jam [Context]
Error 384 : Exit’s Side Cover %COVER% Paper jam occurred in the paper
path.
MPTray.
Open the indicated cover.
Gently pull and remove the
jammed paper.
Close the cover.
44043511TH Rev.2 271 /

LCD
Function
Shows paper was jammed on its path of the printer. Open Cover Error Code: nnn
Error 381 : Transport Paper Jam [Context]
Error 382 : Exit Top Cover Paper jam occurred in the paper
Error 383 : Duplex Entry path.
Open the side exit cover. If there
is paper remaining, pull the top of
the paper away from the printer.
Open the top cover.
Lift up the drum basket.
Remove any paper from the belt.
If paper is stuck in the fuser
unit, remove the paper.
unit to the right side.
Hold and pull the lock lever of
the fuser unit and remove paper
if present.
Return the fuser unit.
unit to the left side.
Return the drum basket.
Open the side cover of the exit
part.
it is present.
Close the side cover of the exit
part.
Shows paper was jammed near the duplex unit of Check Duplex Unit Error Code: nnn
the printer. Paper Jam [Context]
Error 370 : Duplex Reversal Paper jam occurred around the
Error 371 : Duplex Input duplex unit.
Error 373 : Duplex Multifeed Please see HELP for details [Action]
If the finisher has been connected,
separate the finisher from the
inverter and then proceed as follows.
If the paper is stuck, remove it.
Open the duplex unit cover
by pressing the button of the
duplex unit.
Remove any paper if it is stuck.
pulling the levers on both sides.
it is present.
other side as well.
Close the cover of the duplex unit.
Insert the duplex unit into the
original location.
44043511TH Rev.2 272 /

LCD
Function
Shows paper was jammed near the duplex unit of Check Duplex Unit Error Code: nnn
the printer. Paper Jam [Context]
Error 372: Duplex Misfeed Paper jam occured around the
duplex unit.
If the finisher has been connected,
separate the finisher from the
inverter and than proceed as
follows.
If the paper is stuck, remove it.
Open the duplex unit cover
by pressing the button of the
duplex unit.
Remove any paper if it is stuck.
pulling the levers on both sides.
it is present.
other side as well.
Close the cover of the duplex
unit.
Insert the duplex unit into the
original location.
Shows paper was jammed in the inverter of the Check Inverter Error Code: nnn
printer (finisher-related). Paper Jam [Context]
Error 570: INVJAM01 (Reverse Stacker Area) Paper jam occurred around the
Error 571: INVJAM02 (Paper Eject) inverter.
Error 572: INVJAM03 (Paper Path) Please see HELP for details [Action]
Error 573: INVJAM04 (Input Retention) Separate the finisher from the
Error 574: INVJAM05 (Paper Feed) inverter while pressing the
finisher lever.
Open the left side cover of the
inverter, and gently remove
jammed paper.
Close the left side cover.
inverter.
Separate the inverter from
the printer while pressing the
inverter lever.
Open the right side cover of
the inverter, and gently remove
jammed paper.
44043511TH Rev.2 273 /

LCD
Function
Shows paper was jammed in the finisher of the Check Finisher Error Code: nnn
Error 591: JAM02 (Input Area) Paper jam occurred around the
Error 592: JAM03 (Input Transport Path) finisher.
Error 593: JAM04 (Upper Path) Please see HELP for details [Action]
Error 599: JAM10 (Paper Stack Eject) Remove the paper seen around
the paper exit of the finisher.
Separate the finisher from the
lever.
Remove jammed paper seen
around the entrance of the
finisher.
Open the top cover of the
finisher, and remove any
remaining paper.
inverter.
Shows paper was jammed in the finisher of the Check Finisher Error Code: nnn
Error 594: JAM05 (Saddle Transport Path, Paper jam occurred inside the
detected when powering on or finisher.
attaching Finisher) Please see HELP for details [Action]
Error 597: JAM08 (Saddle Processing Path) Separate the finisher from the
Error 598: JAM09 (Saddle Transport Path, inverter while pressing the
detected when transporting paper) finisher lever.
finisher.
Turn the lower knob clockwise
to eject jammed paper.
Remove the ejected paper.
Close the front cover.
Open the right side cover of the
finisher.
Gently remove the jammed paper.
inverter.
44043511TH Rev.2 274 /

LCD
Function
Shows paper was jammed in the finisher of the Check Finisher Error Code: 596
printer (finisher-related). Staple Jam [Context]
Error 596: JAM07 (Staple Jammed) Staple jam occurred in the Stapler
Unit.
finisher.
Turn the center knob until you
can see a blue indication in the
circular hole.
Remove paper at the paper exit
of the finisher.
Pull out the stapler unit.
Rotate the upper knob
Pinch both sides of the stapler
cartridge, and then lift to extract.
Lift the tab on the stapler
cartridge.
Remove all the jammed staples.
Replace the stapler cartridge tab.
Reinstall the stapler cartridge.
Check that the stapler cartridge
has been fixed, and then
reinstall the stapler unit.
Close the front cover of the finisher.
Shows paper was jammed in the finisher of the Check Finisher Error Code: 590
Error 590: JAM01 (Before Input) Paper jam occurred near the
entrance of the finisher.
Separate the finisher from the
inverter while pressing the
finisher lever.
If the punch unit is attached,
position the knob on the right
side of the finisher to the
indicated position.
Open the finisher top cover
and gently remove the jammed
paper.
inverter.
Shows the duplex unit of the printer is slid out. The Install Duplex Unit Error Code: 360
printer pauses printing when this error is detected in [Context]
it. The duplex unit has not been
installed correctly.
If the duplex unit has been
installed.
Pull out the duplex unit while
pulling levers on both sides.
Reinstall the duplex unit.
If the duplex unit has not been
installed.
Install the duplex unit.
44043511TH Rev.2 275 /

LCD
Function
Notifies the image drum is at the end of its life. The Install New Image Drum Error Code: nnn
printer changes to the notification state when its Image Drum Life [Context]
cover is opened and closed. %COLOR% The image drum has reached its
Error 350 : Yellow end of life.
Error 351 : Magenta Please see HELP for details [Action]
Error 352 : Cyan Prepare a new image drum.
Identify the appropriate image
drum by its colored label.
Remove the toner cartridge of
the image drum.
Take the new image drum out
of the package.
Unlock the two lever stopper
(orange color).
Remove the tape from the toner
cover, and remove the toner cover.
Install either the current, or a
new toner cartridge if required.
Install the image drum to the
correct position, matching its
colored label with that on the
toner cartridge.
Notifies the image drum of the printer is at the end Install New Image Drum Error Code: nnn
of its life. This message is displayed until the image Image Drum Life [Context]
drum is replaced. %COLOR% The image drum has reached its
Error 560 : Yellow end of life.
Error 561 : Magenta Please see HELP for details [Action]
Error 562 : Cyan Prepare a new image drum.
Identify the appropriate image
drum by its colored label.
Remove the toner cartridge of
the image drum.
Take the new image drum out
of the package.
Unlock the two lever stopper
(orange color).
Remove the tape from the toner
cover, and remove the toner
cover.
Install either the current, or a
new toner cartridge if required.
Install the image drum to the
correct position, matching its
colored label with that on the
toner cartridge.
44043511TH Rev.2 276 /

LCD
Function
Notifies the fuser unit of the printer is at the end Install New Fuser Unit Error Code: 354
of its life. The end of the life, which is an error, is Fuser Unit Life [Context]
counted by its counter. With the error, the printer The fuser unit has reached its end
pauses printing. The printer changes to the of life.
notification state when its cover is opened and Please see HELP for details [Action]
closed. Turn off the printer power and
proceed as follows.
Prepare a new fuser unit.
Take the new fuser unit out of
the package and remove the
securing tape from the release
levers.
Place the fuser unit on a level
surface.
Open the printer top cover.
Move the blue fuser locking
lever to the right.
Lift out the old fuser unit by its
handle.
Hold the handle of the new
fuser unit and install it in the
printer.
Move the blue fuser locking
lever to the left.
Close the printer top cover.
Turn on the printer power.
Notifies the transfer belt of the printer is at the Install New Belt Unit Error Code: 355
end of its life. The end of the life, which is an Belt Unit Life [Context]
error, is counted by its counter. With the error, the The belt unit has reached its end
printer pauses printing. The printer changes to the of life.
notification state when its cover is opened and Please see HELP for details [Action]
closed. Turn off the printer power and
proceed as follows.
Prepare a new belt unit.
Take the new belt unit out of the
package.
Place the belt unit on a level
surface.
Lift out the four drums and
place them on a level surface.
Cover the four drums with
paper.
Move the blue locking levers at
the front and back of the belt
unit to the left, and hold the
blue handles on each side to
remove.
Hold the blue handles on each
side of the new belt unit (thinner
side to the left) to install.
the front and back to the right.
Reinstall the four drums.
44043511TH Rev.2 277 /

LCD
Function
Shows the fuser release position sensor of the Check Fuser Unit Error Code: 348
printer caused a reading problem. The printer [Context]
recovers when the sensor is properly read after the The fuser unit is not seated properly.
opening and closing of the cover of the printer. [Action]
When the printer does not recover, its fuser unit Please see HELP for details Turn off the printer power and
must be replaced. proceed as follows.
Move the blue fuser unit locking
lever to the right.
Lift out the fuser unit by its
handle and lower it back into
the printer again.
lever to the left.
Shows an error that the printer is full of waste toner. Replace Waste Toner Box Error Code: 357
The printer pauses printing. Opening and closing Waste Toner Full [Context]
the cover of the printer places the printer in the The waste toner box is full.
notification state. [Action]
Please see HELP for details Prepare the new waste toner
box.
Take the new waste toner box
out of it's packaging.
Raise the control panel.
Hold the right and left sides of
the printer's front cover to open.
Locate the blue lever on the
upper right of the waste toner
box and the cap on the right
side.
Take out the old waste toner
box by pressing the blue lever,
use the cap to cover the waste
toner inlet hole.
Attach the new waste toner box.
Close the printer front cover.
Shows that the waste toner transportation system Reset Drum Basket Error Code: 359
of the printer caused a problem. Waste Toner Transfer Error [Context]
The waste toner is not being
transported to the waste toner box.
Open the top cover.
Reset by lifting the drum basket
out and then replacing it in the
printer.
44043511TH Rev.2 278 /

LCD
Function
Shows failing in locking the lever of the toner Check Toner Cartridge Error Code: nnn
cartridge of the printer. Improper Lock Lever [Context]
Error 544 : Yellow Position The toner cartridge lock lever is
Error 545 : Magenta %COLOR% not in the correct position.
Error 546 : Cyan [Action]
Error 547 : Black Please see HELP for details Open the top cover.
Check that the appropriate color
toner cartridge, is correctly
installed on the drum cartridge,
and that the blue lever is in its
lock position (fully clockwise).
If the end of the blue lever is
not in the lock position, turn it
Shows the image drum of the printer is not properly Check Image Drum Error Code: nnn
installed. %COLOR% [Context]
Error 340 : Yellow The indicated drum has not been
Error 341 : Magenta installed correctly.
Error 342 : Cyan Please see HELP for details [Action]
Error 343 : Black Open the printer top cover.
Remove the indicated drum,
confirm that it is the correct
drum, and reinstall it.
If the drum is incorrect, replace
it with the correct drum.
Shows the fuser unit of the printer is not properly Check Fuser Unit Error Code: 320
installed. [Context]
The fuser unit has not been
installed correctly.
Turn off the printer power and
proceed as follows.
lever to the right.
Hold the handle of the fuser
unit, lift it out and lower it in
again.
lever to the left.
44043511TH Rev.2 279 /

LCD
Function
Shows the belt unit of the printer is not properly Check Belt Unit Error Code: 330
installed. [Context]
The belt unit is not installed
properly.
Turn off the printer power and
proceed as follows.
Remove the four drums and
place on the level surface.
Cover the drums with paper.
the front and back of the belt
unit to the left, lift out the belt
unit by the blue handles on
each side and then reinstall.
the front and back to the right.
Reinstall the four drums.
Shows an error that the printer has no waste toner Check Waste Toner Box Error Code: 331
box or the front cover of the printer is open, pausing [Context]
printing of the printer. Opening and closing the cover The waste toner box has not been
of the printer places the printer in the notification installed correctly.
state. Please see HELP for details [Action]
Raise the control panel.
Hold both sides of the printer's
front cover to open.
Pull out the waste toner box
while pressing the blue lever
on its upper right side and then
reinstall it.
Close the printer front cover.
Shows the cover of the printer is open. Close Cover Error Code: nnn
Error 310 : Top Cover %COVER% [Context]
Error 589 : Tray1 Side Cover The cover is open.
Error 312 : Tray2 Side Cover [Action]
Error 313 : Tray3 Side Cover Please see HELP for details Close the indicated cover.
Error 314 : Tray4 Side Cover
Error 315 : Tray5 Side Cover
Error 316 : Duplex Unit’s Cover
Error 317 : Finisher’s Top Cover
Error 318 : Finisher’s Front Cover
Error 319 : Inverter’s Cover
Error 311 : Side Cover
Error 588 : Exit’s Side Cover
Shows the controller unit of the printer is being Wait a Moment –
rebooted. The cause of the reboot appears in the Rebooting <n>
portion of n, which is a one-digit decimal number.
= 0 … Not any of the following.
= 1 … A PJL command.
= 2 … Menu-operated change.
= 3 … A PostScript quit operator.
= 4 … A network utility (such as Web)
44043511TH Rev.2 280 /

LCD
Function
Shows the printer is shutting down. The printer Shutting down –
starts shutting down when its SHUTDOWN/
RESTART button is held down for four seconds or
more after the initialization operation of the printer.
Shows the printer was shut down (its LCD backlight Turn off power –
lights). The printer restarts when the SHUTDOWN/ or
RESTART button is pressed for a moment. press RESTART button
Shows the printer caused a fatal error. Power Off/On –
nnn:Fatal Error
Shows the printer caused a fatal error. Service Call –
nnn:Fatal Error
Shows the printer caused a fatal error. Service Call –
nnn:Fatal Error *
Shows the printer caused a fatal error. Power Off/On –
nnn:Fatal Error
PC:nnnnnnnn
LR:nnnnnnnn
FR:nnnnnnnn
Shows Media table downloading failed Power Off/On –
(CostomMedia-Type-related) 209:Download Error
Shows the printer caused a dew condensation error. Power Off and Wait for a –
while
126:Condensing Error
44043511TH Rev.2 281 / 281

proColorC910 - 920WT - 930 - MM - Rev2

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

proColorC910 - 920WT - 930 - MM - Rev2

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

proColor C910

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Nothing contained herein shall be construed as conferring by estoppel, implication or

All publications may include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors. We reserve

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Document Revision History

Corrected items Person in

1 2009-03-27 Issue PDE13 M. Yabuki

2 2010-05-12 Add C930 PMD Y. Toyama

The document is produced for maintenance personnel use.

In order to use the product with safety

Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type.

We do not guarantee operations when UPS (Uninterruptible Power Supply) or

5.3 Density Correction.............................................................................................................177

7. Malfunction Repair Procedure...........................................................188

Appendix-A C910/C930 LCD/LED Display.......................................................255

High Voltage Large-Volume

1.2 Printer Composition

Figure 1-2 illustrates the printer composition.

1.3 Optional Composition

(2) Double-Side Printer Unit

(3) Large-Volume Paper Tray

(4) Additional Memory: 256, 512MB

(5) Internal Harddisk

(6) Finisher Unit

(2) Weight: 76.1 kg

(4) Print Speed

(5) Resolution: 1200 600/16 bit gray scale (C930)

(6) Input Power: 110~127VAC ±10%

(7) Power Consumption a) 120V

(8) Frequency: 50/60Hz ± 1Hz

(10) Life of Consumables

(11) Routine Replacement of Consumable Parts

(12) Temperature and Relative Humidity

Not Operating 32 to 109.4 0 to 43 Power OFF

-20 to 122 -29 to 50

Relative Humidity Maximum Web Bulb

Not Operating 10 to 90 26.8 Power OFF

(13) Printer Life: every 1,000,000 page (for A4 paper) or 5 years

1.5 Interface Specifications

1.5.1 USB Interface Specifications

1.5.1.1 USB Interface Overview

1.5.1.2 USB Interface Connector and Cable

Connector Pin Layout

Cable: B Plug (Male)

1.5.1.3 USB Interface Signal

1.5.2 Network Interface Specifications

1.5.2.1 Network Interface

1.5.2.2 Network Interface Connector and Cable

Connector pin layout

1.5.3 Parallel Interface Specifications

1.5.3.1 Parallel Interface Overview

1.5.3.2 Parallel Interface Connector and Cable

Pin arrangement from interface cable side

1.5.3.3 Parallel Interface Level

1.5.3.4 Timing Chart

0.5 µs min. 0.5 µs min.

b) Online/Online SW for Offline Switching Timing

c) Offline/Online SW for Online Switching Timing

d) nlnit Timing (Default Invalid)

* It is based on a menu setup.

1.5.3.5 Parallel Interface Signal

Table 1-1 Signals